[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022143273A1 - Information processing method and electronic device - Google Patents

Information processing method and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022143273A1
WO2022143273A1 PCT/CN2021/139833 CN2021139833W WO2022143273A1 WO 2022143273 A1 WO2022143273 A1 WO 2022143273A1 CN 2021139833 W CN2021139833 W CN 2021139833W WO 2022143273 A1 WO2022143273 A1 WO 2022143273A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
message
electronic device
information
temporary
account information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/139833
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王杭
宋平
周煜啸
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022143273A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022143273A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04MTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72403User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality
    • H04M1/72409User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories
    • H04M1/72415User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories for remote control of appliances
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/06Authentication
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/08Access security
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of intelligent terminals, and in particular, to an information processing method and an electronic device.
  • a controlled electronic device such as the above-mentioned smart TV
  • a controlled electronic device generally can only be bound to the account of the user who owns the electronic device as an administrator account, and the user who owns the electronic device can control it.
  • a user needs to temporarily control the electronic devices of other users, for example, a user is a guest at someone else's house and wishes to temporarily control electronic devices such as smart TVs and smart speakers in the owner's home through his mobile phone, the user as the owner needs to be in the administrator account.
  • the whole process is for the user as the host or for the guest as a guest.
  • the operation is more cumbersome, especially when there are multiple guests, it is more cumbersome to share the users as the host one by one electronic device and account by account.
  • the present application provides an information processing method and electronic device, which enable a user to conveniently use his own electronic device to temporarily control the electronic device of others.
  • the present application provides an information processing method, applied to a second electronic device, comprising: receiving a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device; In response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used for Indicates the first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device, the first temporary account information has temporary control authority to the third electronic device; in response to the third message, a fourth message is sent to the first electronic device, and the fourth message uses for sending the first temporary account information.
  • the second electronic device obtains the temporary control authority for the third electronic device from the first server based on the first message sent by the first electronic device, and sends the temporary control authority to the first electronic device, without the need for a process.
  • Users of the third electronic device and the first electronic device operate, which is easy to operate and improves user experience.
  • the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device; receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, including: receiving the first message through the established data connection; Sending the fourth message by the first electronic device includes: sending the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
  • a data connection is established based on near field communication to transmit messages, so that the user of the first electronic device only needs to bring the first electronic device close to the second electronic device to obtain the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and further The operation of obtaining the temporary control authority by the user of the first electronic device is simplified.
  • the method before sending the second message to the first server, the method further includes: determining that the first function is enabled, and the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
  • the method further includes: in response to the first message, determining that the first function is disabled, and sending a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to reject the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
  • the method before receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, the method further includes: sending a sixth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has The first function, the first function is the function of transferring the temporary control authority.
  • the method further includes: receiving a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modifying the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
  • the first temporary account information is temporary account information of the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator The account information has management authority to the third electronic device.
  • the method further includes: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, and the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first identification information
  • a temporary account information includes: temporary account name, password; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: used to record the switch state of the first function and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the on-off state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, enhancing the first The control authority level of the first temporary account information extends the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a first electronic device, including: sending a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request a temporary control authority for the third electronic device; Receive the fourth message sent by the second electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the fourth message sends the second message to the first server on the second electronic device, and receives the third message sent by the first server
  • the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; Temporary control authority for three electronic devices.
  • the first electronic device obtains the temporary control authority for the third electronic device from the first server through the second electronic device, and the users of the third electronic device and the first electronic device do not need to operate in the process, and the operation is simple and convenient. Improve user experience.
  • the method further includes: after successful login using the first temporary account information, receiving first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the third electronic device is An electronic device that can be controlled by the first temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account The information has management authority to the third electronic device; the first information is displayed.
  • the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; and displaying the first information includes: displaying the first information according to the grouping information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information ends, and the twelfth message is determined by the first server. Sent when the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold; and the display of the first information is ended.
  • the method further includes: detecting a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to increase the authority of the first temporary account information, and an eighth message is sent to the first server, and the eighth message is used to request to increase the first temporary account information.
  • the authority of the temporary account information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the first temporary account information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information. Permissions for a temporary account information.
  • the method further includes: receiving an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate a permission upgrade result of the first temporary account information; The eleventh message is sent after the first server receives the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device. The tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information; the authority upgrade result indicated by the eleventh message is displayed.
  • the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information
  • the method further includes: receiving second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the information bound to the first administrator account information.
  • Information of the electronic device displaying the second information.
  • the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device; sending the first message to the second electronic device, including: sending the first message through the established data connection; receiving the first message
  • the fourth message sent by the second electronic device includes: receiving the fourth message through the established data connection.
  • a data connection is established based on near field communication to transmit messages, so that the user of the first electronic device only needs to bring the first electronic device close to the second electronic device to obtain the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and further The operation of obtaining the temporary control authority by the user of the first electronic device is simplified.
  • the method further includes: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, and the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first identification information
  • the temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or Or, the tenth message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or, the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information, and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority information; and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information is the temporary account information of the first administrator account information; And/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a server and includes: receiving a second message sent by a second electronic device, where the second message receives a first message sent by the first electronic device at the second electronic device.
  • the message is sent after the message; it is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; Three messages, the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device; the third message is also used to make the second electronic device send a fourth message to the first electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send the first 1 temporary account information; the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device.
  • the server automatically generates the first temporary account information and transmits it to the first electronic device through the second electronic device, and the user of the third electronic device and the first electronic device does not need to operate during the process, which is easy to operate and improves user experience.
  • the method further includes: after successful login verification on the first temporary account information sent by the first electronic device, sending first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to make the first electronic device display the first information.
  • the method further includes: determining that the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold, and sending a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate the use time of the first temporary account information Temporary control authority ends.
  • the method further includes: receiving a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device state; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device; records are recorded according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message The switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; sending a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
  • the method further includes: receiving a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information
  • the control is set; whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information is recorded according to the thirteenth message.
  • sending the first information to the first electronic device includes: searching for the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, Obtain the first information; send the first information to the first electronic device.
  • the method further includes: receiving an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account the authority of the information, the eighth message is used to request the authority to enhance the information of the first temporary account; in response to the eighth message, a ninth message is sent to the fourth electronic device, and the ninth message is used to request the authority to enhance the information of the first temporary account; The ninth message is further used to cause the fourth electronic device to display permission upgrade request information of the first temporary account information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; The fourth operation is used to set the authority escalation result of the first temporary account information, and the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the first temporary account information; in response to the tenth message, modify the first message according to the authority escalation result indicated by the tenth message. For the authority level of the temporary account information, an eleventh message is sent to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information.
  • the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information
  • the method further includes: sending second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record in the information bound to the first administrator account information.
  • Information on electronic equipment is to upgrade to administrator account information
  • the method further includes: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, and the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first identification information
  • the temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or Or, the tenth message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or, the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information, and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority information; and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information is the temporary account information of the first administrator account information; And/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a second electronic device, including: receiving a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device ;
  • the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; in response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, and the second message is used to request the first electronic device to The temporary control authority of the three electronic devices;
  • the second message includes the second identification information;
  • the third message sent by the first server is received, and the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated a pair of Temporary control authority of the third electronic device; in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
  • the second electronic device based on the first message sent by the first electronic device, obtains from the first server the identification information of the first electronic device for the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and the third electronic device is not required in the process.
  • the operation is performed with the user of the first electronic device, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
  • the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device; receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, including: receiving the first message through the established data connection; Sending the fourth message by the first electronic device includes: sending the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
  • the method before sending the second message to the first server, the method further includes: determining that the first function is enabled, and the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
  • the method further includes: in response to the first message, determining that the first function is disabled, and sending a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to reject the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
  • the method before receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, the method further includes: sending a sixth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has first function.
  • the method further includes: receiving a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modifying the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
  • the temporary control authority is the temporary control authority bound with the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; The user account information has the management authority to the third electronic device.
  • the method further includes: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, third The message includes second identification information, and the second identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: using information for recording the switch state of the first function; and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the second identifier The temporary control authority of the information, the control authority level of the second identification information is increased, and the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information is extended.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a first electronic device, including: sending a first message to a second electronic device, where the first message is used to request a temporary control authority for the third electronic device;
  • the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; the fourth message sent by the second electronic device is received, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information;
  • the second identification information assigns temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the fourth message is sent after the second electronic device sends the second message to the first server and receives the third message sent by the first server; the second message is used for Request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to send confirmation information.
  • the first electronic device obtains from the first server through the second electronic device the identification information of the first electronic device for the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and the process does not require the third electronic device and the first electronic device User operation, easy to operate, improve user experience.
  • the method further includes: after successful login using the second identification information, receiving first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device;
  • the electronic device that can be controlled by the second identification information among the electronic devices bound by the first administrator account information;
  • the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device;
  • the first administrator account information has Management authority to the third electronic device; display the first information.
  • the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; and displaying the first information includes: displaying the first information according to the grouping information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the second identification information ends, and the twelfth message determines when the first server determines the first 2. Sent when the usage time of the identification information reaches a preset threshold; and the display of the first information is ended.
  • the method further includes: detecting a first operation, where the first operation is used for requesting to upgrade the authority of the second identification information, and sending an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used for requesting to upgrade the second identification information The authority of the identification information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the second identification information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information permission.
  • the method further includes: receiving an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information;
  • the eleventh message is sent after the first server receives the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, and the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information; the authority escalation result indicated by the eleventh message is displayed.
  • the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information
  • the method further includes: receiving second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the information bound to the first administrator account information.
  • Information of the electronic device displaying the second information.
  • the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device; sending the first message to the second electronic device, including: sending the first message through the established data connection; receiving the first message
  • the fourth message sent by the second electronic device includes: receiving the fourth message through the established data connection.
  • the method further includes: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, third The message includes second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message includes: the second identification information and the authority escalation result; and/or, the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or, all the The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority for the second identification information, The control authority level of the second identification information is increased, and the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information is extended.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a server and includes: receiving a second message sent by a second electronic device, where the second message receives a first message sent by the first electronic device at the second electronic device.
  • the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device;
  • the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
  • both the first message and the second message include: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; in response to the second message, a third message is sent to the second electronic device, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the first electronic device has
  • the second identification information assigns the temporary control authority to the third electronic device;
  • the third message is also used to make the second electronic device send a fourth message to the first electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
  • the server directly assigns a temporary control authority for the third electronic device to the identification information of the first electronic device.
  • the method further includes: after successful login verification of the second identification information sent by the first electronic device, sending first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to cause the first electronic device to display the first information.
  • the method further includes: determining that the usage time of the second identification information reaches a preset threshold, and sending a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate temporary control of the second identification information Permission ends.
  • the method further includes: receiving a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device state; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device; records are recorded according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message The switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; sending a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
  • the method further includes: receiving a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information
  • the control is set; whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information is recorded according to the thirteenth message.
  • sending the first information to the first electronic device includes: searching for the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, Obtain the first information; send the first information to the first electronic device.
  • the method further includes: receiving an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the second identification information
  • the eighth message is used to request the authority to enhance the second identification information
  • a ninth message is sent to the fourth electronic device, and the ninth message is used to request the authority to enhance the second identification information; the ninth message It is also used to make the fourth electronic device display the permission upgrade request information of the second identification information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; The fourth operation is used to set the authority escalation result of the second identification information, and the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information; in response to the tenth message, modify the second identification information according to the authority escalation result indicated by the tenth message the permission level, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the permission escalation result of the second identification information.
  • the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information
  • the method further includes: sending second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record the information bound to the first administrator account information.
  • Information on electronic equipment is to upgrade to administrator account information
  • the method further includes: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, third The message includes second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message includes: the second identification information and the authority escalation result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or, the temporary The control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the second identification information, and increasing the control authority level of the second identification information, The valid time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information is extended.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing system, including: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, and a first server; wherein the first electronic device is configured to: send a first message to the second electronic device, The first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the second electronic device is used to: in response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, and the second message is used to request the first electronic device to control the third electronic device.
  • Temporary control authority of the third electronic device the first server is configured to: in response to the second message, send a third message to the second electronic device, the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device, the first The temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device; the second electronic device is further configured to: in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing system, including: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, and a first server; wherein the first electronic device is configured to: send a first message to the second electronic device, The first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; the second electronic device is used to: respond to the first message , send a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the second message includes the second identification information; the first server is used for: responding to the second message , send a third message to the second electronic device, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the temporary control authority to the third electronic device has been allocated to the second identification information; the second electronic device is also used for : In response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs Include instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any one of the first aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs Include instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any one of the second aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a server, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions , when the instruction is executed by the device, the device is caused to execute the method of any one of the third aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a second electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs
  • the program includes instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any of the fourth aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a first electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs
  • the program includes instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any one of the fifth aspects.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a server, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions , when the instruction is executed by the device, the device is caused to execute the method of any one of the sixth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects Methods.
  • the present application provides a computer program for performing the method of the first aspect when the computer program is executed by a computer.
  • the program in the sixteenth aspect may be stored in whole or in part on a storage medium packaged with the processor, or may be stored in part or in part in a memory not packaged with the processor.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is an example diagram of a usage scenario of an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is an example diagram of a state display interface of a smart home device under a manager account according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is an example diagram of another state display interface of a smart home device under a manager account according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is an example diagram of a UI interface for setting device attribute information according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7 is another UI interface example diagram of the device attribute information device according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is an example diagram of a UI interface of an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 9A and 9B are exemplary diagrams of a state display interface of a smart home device under a temporary account according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 10A is a flowchart of an embodiment of the information processing method of the present application.
  • Figure 10B is a UI interface and an example diagram of interaction information between the trusted device and the first electronic device
  • 11 is an example diagram of a UI interface for temporarily controlling the escalation of authority in the information processing method of the application;
  • FIG. 13 is a structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application.
  • 15 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application.
  • an administrator user a user who has an administrator account of the electronic device
  • other users are referred to as a non-administrator user.
  • the present application provides an information processing method and electronic device, which enables non-administrator users to conveniently use their own electronic devices to realize the management user's electronic devices without the need for administrator users to perform share operations on account-by-account and electronic-device-by-electronic devices. Controls to improve the user experience for both manager and non-manager users.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to mobile electronic devices such as mobile phones, PADs, notebook computers, etc., and can also be applied to electronic devices in a home environment, such as smart TVs, smart speakers, and smart screens.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charge management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM Subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural-network processing unit neural-network processing unit
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate with each other through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 .
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • a UART interface is typically used to connect the processor 110 with the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface, so as to realize the photographing function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones.
  • the interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of the wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then turn it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 1 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 110 .
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR).
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT Bluetooth
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared technology
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • Display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light).
  • LED diode AMOLED
  • flexible light-emitting diode flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the electronic device 100 may implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin tone.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • a digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy and so on.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos of various encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
  • MPEG2 moving picture experts group
  • MPEG3 MPEG4
  • MPEG4 Moving Picture Experts Group
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 .
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like.
  • the storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100 and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "speaker" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also referred to as "earpiece" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone” is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
  • the earphone jack 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D can be the USB interface 130, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194 .
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates of conductive material.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • a touch operation acts on the display screen 194
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions.
  • the instruction for viewing the short message is executed.
  • the instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the electronic device 100 .
  • the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shaking of the electronic device 100 through reverse motion to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenarios.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist in positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Further, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes.
  • the electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode.
  • Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in a pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking pictures with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection.
  • the electronic device 100 when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 caused by the low temperature.
  • the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch device”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vocal vibration bone block obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function.
  • the application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the function of heart rate detection.
  • the keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
  • Motor 191 can generate vibrating cues.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations acting on different applications can correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations on different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be contacted and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195 .
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card and so on. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 as an example.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and so on.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include window managers, content providers, view systems, telephony managers, resource managers, notification managers, and the like.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100 .
  • the management of call status including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
  • the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications of applications running in the background, and notifications on the screen in the form of dialog windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt sound is issued, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
  • Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the Android core library.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • a system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library Media Libraries
  • 3D graphics processing library eg: OpenGL ES
  • 2D graphics engine eg: SGL
  • the Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
  • FIG. 3 it is an example of a usage scenario of the information processing method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • a home scene is provided with smart home devices, where the smart home devices may include: smart TV, smart speaker, smart meter, camera, smart desk lamp, smart curtain, smart door lock, and so on.
  • FIG. 4 it is an example diagram showing the status of the smart home devices bound after the administrator account is logged in according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • An administrator account can bind several smart home devices and control all smart home devices bound to the administrator account.
  • the administrator account has management rights to the smart home devices bound to the administrator account, such as: adding or deleting smart home devices, controlling smart home devices bound to the administrator account, and other possible management operations on smart home devices .
  • An administrator account can have the highest level of control over smart home devices.
  • each scenario may have smart home devices.
  • the smart home devices in each scenario are distinguished.
  • several groups can also be set under the administrator account, and users are supported to create, edit, and delete the groups, and each group can correspond to a scenario involved by the user. .
  • the account XXX of user XX is set up with three groups of "XX's home", “parents' home” and "company", and each group records the smart home devices bound to account XXX in the corresponding scenario
  • the grouping "XX's home” includes: XX's home TV, curtains, cameras, door locks and other smart home equipment
  • the grouping "parents' home” includes: XX's parents' home Smart home devices such as TVs and curtains
  • the grouped "company” includes: smart home devices such as air conditioners and curtains in XX's company; thus, it is convenient for user XX to distinguish smart home devices in different scenarios and control smart home devices in different scenarios .
  • Figures 4 and 5 above illustrate the relationship between accounts and smart home devices from a GUI perspective.
  • the server stores the information of smart home devices bound under each account.
  • the server can record the information of smart home devices bound to the account in a list, for example:
  • the information stored in the server is shown in Table 1 below, including three fields: account name, smart home device name, and location.
  • the information stored in the server is shown in Table 2 below, and the difference from Table 1 is that the field of the group name is added.
  • Table 1 and Table 2 are only examples, and are not used to limit the storage method of the smart home device information bound under the account in the server.
  • the above table may further store the identification information of each smart home device.
  • the identification information of the smart home device is used to uniquely identify the smart home device, and the identification information of different smart home devices is different.
  • each smart home device may be bound to one administrator account, or may be bound to multiple administrator accounts, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the multiple manager accounts may have a primary and secondary relationship, that is, the multiple manager accounts include a primary manager account, and the primary manager account has a pair of The authority to manage other administrator accounts; alternatively, multiple administrator accounts may not have a primary-secondary relationship, that is, multiple administrator accounts have the same authority and do not have management authority between each other.
  • the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application may set a first device attribute for the smart home device bound to the administrator account, which is used to record whether the smart home device can execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application, and the parameter of the first device attribute may be Including: trusted devices and common devices, trusted devices are used to indicate that smart home devices can be triggered to execute the information processing methods of the embodiments of the present application; common devices are used to indicate that they cannot be triggered to execute the information processing methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the server may set a parameter of the first device attribute for the smart home device, and the parameter value of the first device attribute may include: a trusted device and a common device.
  • a smart home device that can be set as a trusted device needs to have the ability to execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • a trusted device function can be preset for the smart home device. When this function is turned on, the smart home device can be triggered to execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application. When this function is turned off, the smart home device cannot be triggered. Execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the administrator user can enable or disable the trusted device function in the smart home device, or can also control the trusted device function on or off by setting the first device attribute of the smart home device under the administrator account.
  • the information with the trusted device function can be sent to the server, and the server stores it.
  • the information about the first device attribute of the smart home device and whether it has a trusted device function stored in the server is shown in Table 3 below, including the list of smart home devices bound to the administrator account XXX, and the first device of each smart home device.
  • the administrator user can log in to the administrator account, and set whether the bound smart home device is a trusted device and execute the information processing method of the embodiment of this application.
  • the server will correspondingly update the parameter value and smart
  • the home device will correspond to the on/off status of the update trusted device function. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , the administrator user logs in to the administrator account in an application of an electronic device, and selects the "device property setting" control by clicking with a finger.
  • the electronic device detects that the user has set the properties of the first device Select operation, obtain from the server a list of related information of smart home devices bound to the administrator account, the table may include: identification information of smart home devices, parameter values of the parameter "first device attribute" of each smart home device, and parameters For the parameter value of "with trusted device function", the list of related information obtained is shown in Table 4 below.
  • there are two kinds of parameter values of the first device attribute namely: common device and trusted device
  • there are two kinds of values with trusted device function namely: yes and no.
  • the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device may be a default value, such as a common device.
  • Smart Home Devices first device properties Has trusted device capabilities television trusted device Yes door lock Ordinary equipment no curtain Ordinary equipment no Camera Ordinary equipment no
  • the electronic device where the administrator account is located displays the device property setting interface to the user, and the interface displays the bound smart home device and the parameter value of the first device property of the smart home device; the user selects a smart home device in the interface through operations such as finger clicks Home equipment, for example, in FIG. 6, selecting a TV is taken as an example.
  • the electronic device displays the attribute selection interface according to the trusted device function of the smart home device and the parameter values of the two parameters of the first device attribute.
  • the smart home device has a trusted device
  • the device function has two options of common device and trusted device for the user to choose, and displays the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device, such as the third picture in Figure 6
  • the current device attribute of the TV is a trusted device as an example; if the smart home device does not have the trusted device function, there is only one common device option for the user to select (not shown in FIG. 6 ).
  • the parameter value option selected by the user in the third picture in Figure 6 is "Trusted Device".
  • the electronic device detects the selection operation for the parameter value option.
  • the setting result indicated by the selection operation is determined, and the setting result is sent to the server, and the server can modify the parameter value based on the setting result of the first device attribute.
  • the setting result can be compared with the original parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device, if the parameter value indicated by the selection operation is different from the original parameter value of the smart home device. the same, the setting result is sent to the server.
  • One is to modify from a trusted device to a common device, then the electronic device sends the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to a common device, and , sending a trusted device shutdown message to the smart home device, where the message is used to instruct the smart home device to close the trusted device function, and correspondingly, the smart home device closes the trusted device function in response to the trusted device shutdown message;
  • the other is to change from a common device to a trusted device
  • the electronic device sends the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to the server
  • the server modifies the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to a trusted device.
  • the server sends a trusted device enable message to the smart home device, the message is used to instruct the smart home device to enable the trusted device function, and correspondingly, the smart home device responds to the trusted device enable message to enable the trusted device function.
  • a second device attribute may also be set for the smart home device, which is used to record whether the smart home device can be controlled by an account other than the administrator account.
  • the values of the second device attribute may include: common equipment and privacy equipment; wherein, common equipment is used to indicate that the smart home equipment can be authorized to control accounts other than the administrator account, and private equipment is used to indicate that the smart home equipment cannot be authorized Give control to accounts other than the administrator account.
  • the server can correspondingly set the parameter of the second device attribute for the smart home device, and the parameter value of the second device attribute includes the common device and the privacy device, so as to record the second device set for the smart home device. Attributes.
  • the manager user can log in to the manager account and set the second device property of the bound smart home device.
  • the above-mentioned first device attribute and second device attribute are used for smart home device attributes.
  • the settings can be combined.
  • the third device attribute can be set only for the smart home device, and the value of the third device attribute can include: privacy device, trusted device and common device; wherein,
  • Privacy devices are used to indicate that smart home devices involve user privacy, are not authorized to control other accounts, and are not triggered to execute the information processing methods in the embodiments of this application; such devices are generally considered by managers and users in the home environment to involve privacy or security.
  • Smart home devices that do not want to authorize guests to control, such as cameras, door locks, etc., can belong to privacy devices.
  • Trusted devices are used to indicate that smart home devices do not involve user privacy, can be authorized to control other accounts, and can be triggered to execute the information processing methods of the embodiments of the present application, such as smart TVs, smart speakers, and the like.
  • Common devices are used to indicate that smart home devices do not involve user privacy, can be authorized to other accounts for control, and cannot be triggered to execute the information processing methods in the embodiments of the present application, such as the aforementioned smart curtains, smart desk lamps, and the like.
  • a parameter of the third device attribute can be correspondingly set in the server, and the parameter value of the third device attribute includes a trusted device, a common device, and a privacy device, so as to record the third device attribute of the smart home device.
  • the manager user can log in to the manager account, and configure the third device attribute of the bound smart home device.
  • the relevant information list of the smart home devices bound to the administrator account is obtained from the server, which can be replaced from Table 4 with the following table 5.
  • the third device in Table 5 There are three types of parameter values of the attribute, namely: private device, common device and trusted device.
  • One is to change from a trusted device to a common device or a privacy device, then the electronic device sends the setting result of the third device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the third device attribute of the smart home device to a common device or privacy device. device, and the server sends a trusted device shutdown message to the smart home device, where the message is used to instruct the smart home device to close the trusted device function, and accordingly, the smart home device responds to the trusted device shutdown message and closes the trusted device.
  • Function
  • the other is to change from a common device or a privacy device to a trusted device, then the electronic device sends the setting result of the third device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the third device attribute of the smart home device to a trusted device , and the server sends a trusted device opening message to the smart home device, where the message is used to instruct the smart home device to enable the trusted device function.
  • the smart home device responds to the trusted device opening message to enable the trusted device function. .
  • attribute information can also be set for the group information, such as setting the fourth device attribute, which is divided into privacy groups and common groups. It is used to indicate that the group can be authorized to control accounts other than the administrator account, and the privacy group is used to indicate that the group cannot be authorized to control accounts other than the administrator account;
  • the parameter of device attribute the parameter value of the fourth device attribute includes common group and privacy group, so as to record the fourth device attribute set for the group;
  • Four device properties are set, and the specific setting method can be parameterized as the above-mentioned property settings for smart home devices, which will not be described here.
  • the electronic device other than the electronic device where the administrator account is located is a mobile phone as an example, and the mobile phone can be a guest's mobile phone or a mobile phone of other family members; the trusted device is a smart TV as an example.
  • the mobile phone 820 establishes a data connection with the smart TV 810, and the data connection method is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 820 is close to the smart TV 810, so that a data connection is established between the mobile phone 820 and the smart TV 810 through the NFC module; the mobile phone 820 uses the established data connection to send a first temporary account request message to the smart TV 810, the first temporary account request message.
  • the mobile phone 820 carries the identification information of the mobile phone, and the identification information of the mobile phone is used to uniquely identify the mobile phone; correspondingly, the smart TV 810 receives the first temporary account request message.
  • the smart TV generates a second temporary account request message in response to the received first temporary account request message, and the second temporary account request message carries the identification information of the mobile phone and the identification information of the smart TV, and the first temporary account request message
  • the second temporary account request is sent to the server 830; correspondingly, the server 830 receives the second temporary account request message.
  • the second temporary account request message is used to request the server 830 for a temporary account.
  • the server 830 may be a server or a server cluster, and optionally, the server 830 may be a cloud server.
  • the server 830 obtains the identification information of the smart TV from the second temporary account request message, determines that the device attribute corresponding to the identification information of the smart TV is a trusted device, obtains the target administrator account corresponding to the identification information of the smart TV, and generates a temporary account information, establish a corresponding relationship between the temporary account information and the target administrator account.
  • the temporary account information includes: account name, password, and identification information of the mobile phone.
  • the server 830 sends the temporary account information to the smart TV 830.
  • the manager account can be determined as the target manager account; if the identification information of the smart TV corresponds to multiple manager accounts, if the multiple manager accounts have Main manager account, the main manager account can be determined as the target manager account. If there is no primary and secondary relationship between multiple manager accounts, any one of the manager accounts or a preset manager account can be used. Determined as the target administrator account.
  • the temporary account information has an effective time, and the specific time length of the effective time is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the administrator who owns the target administrator's account can pre-set by himself.
  • the management authority of the target administrator account in addition to the aforementioned authority for adding and deleting devices, may also include the following authority: delete the temporary control authority of the temporary account information, increase the control authority level of the temporary account information, and extend the temporary account information. The effective time of the temporary control authority, etc.
  • the target administrator account may also create temporary account information, and accordingly, the server may directly acquire the temporary account information created by the target administrator account as the above-mentioned temporary account information generated for the mobile phone 820 .
  • the temporary control authority of the temporary account may include: the control authority for the switch state of the common device and the trusted device under the target administrator account, the working status of the common device and the trusted device under the target administrator account, such as the sound level of the TV , the temperature of the refrigerator, the control authority of the cooling and heating temperature of the air conditioner, etc., and the authority related to the use of the equipment.
  • the general temporary control authority does not have the management authority to add, delete, and control authority escalation for common devices and trusted devices.
  • the smart TV 830 obtains the identification information of the mobile phone from the temporary account information, and sends the temporary account information to the mobile phone corresponding to the identification information of the mobile phone, for example, the mobile phone 820 in FIG. 8 .
  • the mobile phone 820 receives the temporary account information and logs in with the account name and password, and the temporary account displays ordinary devices and trusted devices under the target administrator account corresponding to the temporary account information.
  • the smart home devices displayed in the temporary account are shown in Figure 9A, and the common devices and trusted devices under the target manager account are TVs, curtains, desk lamps and speakers; if the target manager
  • the smart home devices under the administrator account have groups, the smart home devices displayed in the temporary account are shown in Figure 9B, and each group of the target administrator account, as well as the common devices and trusted devices under each group are displayed in the temporary account.
  • the devices, the specific displayed groups and the smart home devices under each group are shown in FIG. 9B , and will not be listed one by one.
  • the manager user can share the smart home device one by one under his own manager account, so that the non-manager user can obtain the temporary control right of the smart home device. , and non-manager users can obtain temporary control over smart home devices without having an account.
  • the operation is very simple for both manager users and non-manager users, thus improving the management and non-manager users. user experience.
  • the non-manager user here can be a guest or a family member of the manager user. Whether it is a guest or a family member, they can quickly obtain the temporary management authority of the smart home devices in the host's home, which simplifies the management user as the host. The tedious operation of temporary control permission sharing of smart home devices also avoids the trouble of guests or family members having to register new accounts because they do not have an account, and improves the utilization rate of smart home devices.
  • FIG. 10A is a flowchart of another embodiment of the information processing method according to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10A , the method may include:
  • Step 1001 Establish a data connection between the first electronic device and the first smart home device.
  • the first electronic device is an electronic device to be controlled by other electronic devices
  • the first smart home device is an electronic device that can communicate with the server, for example, the smart home device in the above embodiment.
  • a data connection based on near field communication may be established between the first electronic device and the first smart home device. Therefore, the user of the first electronic device only needs to bring the first electronic device close to the first smart home device to conveniently trigger and execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application, which further simplifies the operation of the user of the first electronic device.
  • a data connection is established between the first electronic device and the first smart home device by means of Bluetooth or WiFi.
  • this step may further include: the first electronic device determines that the function of its own trusted device is in an enabled state, and sends a notification message to the first smart home device based on the established data connection, where the notification message is used to record the first smart device.
  • Home devices have trusted device capabilities.
  • the notification message may further include other function information that the first smart home device can provide services to the first electronic device, so that the user of the first electronic device can select the services that the first smart home device wants to provide.
  • Step 1002 The first electronic device sends a first temporary account request message to the second electronic device based on the data connection.
  • the first temporary account request message is used to request the temporary control authority of the second smart home device.
  • the second smart home device is a smart home device that can be controlled by a temporary account among the electronic devices bound with the target administrator account information.
  • the second device attribute is set to a smart home device of a common device, or, the third device attribute is set to a smart home device of a trusted device or a common device.
  • the second smart home device may or may not include the first smart home device. For example, if the first device attribute of the first smart home device is a trusted device and the second device attribute is a private device, then the second smart home device is a smart home device whose second device attribute is a common device, excluding the first device Smart home device; if the third device attribute of the first smart home device is a trusted device, and the second smart home device is a smart home device whose third device attribute is a trusted device or a common device, then the second smart home device includes The first smart home device.
  • steps 1001 to 1002 may be implemented in the following manner:
  • the first smart home device based on the data
  • the connection sends the information of the services that it can provide to the first electronic device; wherein, if the first smart home device has a trusted device function, and the first smart home device determines that its own trusted device function is enabled, the above-mentioned services may include : apply for temporary control authority; correspondingly, the first electronic device receives the above information, and displays the services that the first smart home device can provide, including the service of "apply for temporary control authority", the user clicks "apply for temporary control authority" in the display interface ” control, correspondingly, the first electronic device detects the operation of applying for temporary control authority, and sends a first temporary account request message to the trusted device based on the data connection.
  • Step 1003 The first smart home device generates a second temporary account request message according to the first temporary account request message, and sends the second temporary account request message to the server.
  • the second temporary account request message includes: identification information of the first electronic device and identification information of the trusted device.
  • the second temporary account request message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the second smart home device.
  • the first smart home device if in step 1001 the first smart home device does not send the information that it has a trusted device function to the first electronic device, the first smart home device generates a second temporary account after receiving the first temporary account request message. Before the request message, it can also include:
  • the first smart home device determines the switch state of the trusted device function
  • the step of generating a second temporary account request message is performed
  • the first smart home device sends a rejection message to the first electronic device, where the rejection message is used to reject the first electronic device's request for temporary control authority over the second smart home device, and the flow branch ends.
  • Step 1004 The server receives the second temporary account request message, obtains the target administrator account according to the identification information of the first smart home device in the second temporary account request message, and generates temporary account information corresponding to the target administrator account.
  • the temporary account information may include: account name and password.
  • the server may set a valid time for the temporary account information, and the starting time of the valid time may be the moment when the temporary account information is generated, or the moment when the first electronic device successfully logs in to the server for the first time using the temporary account information, and so on.
  • the temporary account information has the authority to control the second smart home device, and after the validity period expires, the temporary account information has the authority to control the second smart home equipment ends.
  • the server may send prompt information to the first electronic device to indicate that the temporary control authority of the temporary account information of the first electronic device ends.
  • the target administrator account is an administrator account bound to the first smart home device. If there is only one manager account bound to the first smart home device, the target manager account is the manager account; if there are at least two manager accounts bound to the first smart home device, but there are master accounts Manager account and non-primary manager account, the target manager account can be the primary manager account; if there are at least two manager accounts bound to the first smart home device, but there is no primary and secondary manager accounts between them relationship, the target administrator account may be a preset default administrator account, or may also be one of the randomly selected administrator accounts, or the like.
  • Step 1005 The server sends a first temporary account indication message to the first smart home device.
  • the first temporary account indication message is used to indicate temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device.
  • the first temporary account indication message may include: temporary account information and identification information of the first electronic device.
  • Step 1006 The first smart home device receives the first temporary account indication message, and sends the second temporary account indication message to the first electronic device.
  • the second temporary account indication message may include: temporary account information.
  • Step 1007 The first electronic device receives the second temporary account indication message, and uses the temporary account information carried in the message to perform account login processing.
  • the first electronic device can open the corresponding app and log in automatically, or can display the account name and password to the user, and the user can open the app and log in using the account name and password.
  • the process of logging in by the first electronic device using the account name and password may include: the first electronic device sends a login request message to the server, where the login request message is used to request login, and the login request message may include: temporary account information;
  • the server In response to the login request message, the server performs login verification on the temporary account information carried in the login request message, and sends a login response message to the first electronic device, where the login response message is used to indicate the login verification result.
  • the verification result of the server for the temporary account information is generally successful.
  • Step 1008 The server sends the first information to the first electronic device.
  • the first information is used to record the information of the electronic devices that can be controlled by the temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the account information of the target administrator.
  • the first information may record information about the smart home device whose value of the second device attribute is a common device, such as device name and device identification information , the location of the device, the switch status of the device, etc.
  • the first information may record information about the smart home device whose value of the third device attribute is a trusted device or a common device, such as device name, The identification information of the device, the location of the device, the switch status of the device, etc.
  • the first information may also include grouping information. Based on the foregoing example, if the grouping information has a fourth device attribute, the first information may record the value of the fourth device attribute as ordinary grouping information and information on electronic devices under the grouping information that can be controlled by the temporary account information . Optionally, if the value of the fourth device attribute of the grouping information is privacy, and the value of the second device attribute under the grouping information is an ordinary device, or the value of the third device attribute is a trusted device or an ordinary device. For smart home equipment, the first information may not include the above-mentioned smart home equipment.
  • Step 1009 The first electronic device displays the first information.
  • the displayed state display interface of the smart home device is shown in FIG. 9A ;
  • the first information may be displayed according to the grouping information, for example, as shown in FIG. 9B .
  • the owner of the first electronic device can control the smart home devices displayed under the temporary account.
  • the manager user can share the smart home device one by one under his own manager account, so that the non-manager user can obtain the temporary control right of the smart home device. , and non-manager users can obtain temporary control over smart home devices without having an account.
  • the operation is very simple for both manager users and non-manager users, thus improving the management and non-manager users. user experience.
  • the above methods can be applied to the hotel's management of smart home devices in hotel rooms, so that guests in hotel rooms can quickly obtain the temporary permission to use smart home devices in hotel rooms, reduce the workload of hotel service personnel, and improve hotel service personnel and hotels.
  • the use experience of guests increases the utilization rate of smart home equipment in the hotel and drives the promotion of smart home equipment.
  • the first electronic device uses the temporary account information to log in, and after being able to control the smart home device, it can also upgrade the use authority to the target administrator account corresponding to the temporary account information.
  • FIG. 11 shows a possible flow of the temporary account upgrade method, as shown in FIG. 11 :
  • the first electronic device 820 displays the "Permission Upgrade Application” control to the user on the interface of the temporary account, and the user selects the "Permission Upgrade Application” control by clicking with a finger or the like.
  • the first electronic device 820 The user's application for upgrading the account authority is detected, and the confirmation interface of the account upgrading application is displayed to the user, and the confirmation interface is used to confirm to the user whether to apply for the upgrading of the account authority. If the user selects the "OK" control in the confirmation interface through operations such as finger clicking, correspondingly, the first electronic device 820 detects the confirmation operation of the user. If the user selects the "Cancel" control in the confirmation interface through operations such as finger clicks, correspondingly, the first electronic device 820 receives the user's cancel operation (not shown in FIG. 11 ).
  • the first electronic device 820 detects the user's confirmation operation, and sends a first permission upgrade request message to the server 830.
  • the first permission upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the permission of the temporary account.
  • the first permission upgrade request The message may include, but is not limited to, the account name XXX001 of the temporary account.
  • the server 830 receives the first permission upgrade request message, obtains the account name of the temporary account from the first permission upgrade request message, finds the target manager account corresponding to the account name, and sends the first request to the target electronic device 840 where the target manager account is located.
  • Privilege escalation request message The second authority upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the temporary account, and the second authority upgrade request message may include but is not limited to: the account name XXX001 of the temporary account.
  • the target electronic device 840 displays the "message” control to the user, and the administrator user selects the “message” control by clicking with a finger.
  • the target electronic device 840 receives the user's message viewing operation, according to the first
  • the second permission upgrade request message shows the user the application information of the temporary account XXX001 for permission upgrade, and displays the "OK" and "Cancel” controls; the administrator user selects the "OK” control by clicking with a finger, and correspondingly, the target electronic device 840
  • the permission level setting interface which lists the permission levels that can be set for the temporary account XXX001.
  • level 1, level 2, and level 3 are listed in Figure 11.
  • different levels can correspond to different permissions. For example, relative to a temporary account, it has a valid duration. The validity duration of an account at level 1 is always valid.
  • the device that can be controlled by a level 2 account is from Common devices and trusted devices are added to all devices, and the level 3 account is the administrator account, which can not only control all devices, but also modify device configurations, etc.; administrator users can select the corresponding controls by clicking with their fingers, for example, as shown in Figure 11
  • the target electronic device 840 receives the user's level setting operation, and receives the permission level indicated by the operation.
  • the target electronic device 840 generates a first permission escalation response message; the first permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result, and the first permission escalation response message may include, but is not limited to: the permission escalation result of the temporary account For example, the above-mentioned permission level; the target electronic device 840 sends the first permission escalation response message to the server 830; the server 830 modifies the permission level of the temporary account information according to the permission escalation result, and the server 830 sends the second permission escalation response to the first electronic device 820 message; the second permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result, and the second permission escalation response message may include but is not limited to: the permission escalation result of the temporary account, such as the above-mentioned permission level; the first electronic device 820 displays the temporary account's Privilege Escalation Results (not shown in Figure 11).
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an account upgrade process in an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method may include:
  • Step 1201 The first electronic device detects an account upgrade application operation, and sends a first authority upgrade request message to the server, where the first authority upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the temporary account, and the first authority upgrade request message may include: the temporary account information.
  • Step 1202 The server receives the first authority upgrade request message, finds the target administrator account corresponding to the temporary account information, and sends the second authority upgrade request message to the target electronic device.
  • the second authority upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the temporary account; the second authority upgrade request message may include: temporary account information.
  • the target electronic device is the electronic device where the target administrator account is located.
  • Step 1203 The target electronic device receives the second permission upgrade request message, and prompts the temporary account upgrade request.
  • the display interface for the temporary account upgrade prompt by the target electronic device is shown in part 113 in FIG. 11, for example, and will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1204 The target electronic device detects the user's setting operation for the temporary account upgrade request prompt, the setting operation is used to set the authority upgrade result of the temporary account, and generates a first authority upgrade response message.
  • the first permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result; the first permission escalation response message may include: the permission escalation result of the temporary account.
  • Step 1205 The target electronic device sends a first permission upgrade response message to the server.
  • Step 1206 The server receives the first authority upgrade response message, and judges whether to upgrade the temporary account according to the authority upgrade result in the first authority upgrade response message; if yes, go to step 1208; if not, go to step 1207.
  • Step 1207 the server sends a second permission escalation response message to the first electronic device; the second permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result, and the second permission escalation response message may include: the permission escalation result of the temporary account; go to step 1209 .
  • Step 1208 the server modifies the authority level corresponding to the temporary account according to the authority upgrade result, and sends a second authority upgrade response message to the first electronic device; step 1209 is executed.
  • Step 1209 The first electronic device receives the second permission upgrade response message, and displays the result of the permission upgrade.
  • the authority upgrade of the temporary account information is conveniently realized.
  • the temporary control authority of the smart home device can be easily obtained, and then the administrator account can be easily obtained through the authority upgrade. Control permissions for smart home devices in the home.
  • the server may not assign temporary account information to the first electronic device, but establish a corresponding relationship between the identification information of the first electronic device and the target administrator account in step 1004, which is the first electronic device.
  • the identification information of an electronic device assigns temporary control authority, that is, the identification information of the first electronic device is used to replace the first temporary account information, and is used as the identification information of the first electronic device to log in to the server to control the smart home device;
  • the first temporary account information can also be replaced with the identification information of the first electronic device to upgrade the temporary control authority.
  • the first temporary account request message in step 1002 and the second account in step 1003 The temporary account request message carries the first account information.
  • the server does not need to additionally allocate temporary account information to the first electronic device, and directly sets the first account information as the temporary account of the target administrator account, steps 1005 and 1005
  • the message sent in 1006 only carries confirmation information to indicate that the first account information has been granted the temporary control authority.
  • the first account information can also be replaced with the identification information of the first electronic device to upgrade the temporary control authority.
  • non-administrator users can upgrade temporary control rights to obtain more control rights.
  • the above-mentioned smart home device can be extended to electronic devices that can communicate with other electronic devices and can be controlled by other electronic devices , the specific implementation may refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the apparatus 1300 may include:
  • a receiving unit 1310 configured to receive a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device;
  • a sending unit 1320 configured to send a second message to the first server in response to the first message, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
  • the receiving unit 1310 may also be configured to: receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device, and the first temporary account information is the first administrator account information Temporary account information; the first administrator account information is administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has management authority over the third electronic device, and the first temporary account information has Temporary control of the device;
  • the sending unit 1320 may also be configured to: in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information.
  • the apparatus 1300 may further include:
  • connection establishing unit 1330 configured to establish a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device
  • the receiving unit 1310 may be specifically configured to: receive the first message through the established data connection;
  • the sending unit 1320 may be specifically configured to: send the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
  • the apparatus 1300 may further include: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first function is enabled, where the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
  • the sending unit 1320 may be further configured to: in response to the first message, determine that the first function is disabled, and send a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to refuse the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
  • the sending unit 1320 can also be used to: send a sixth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has the first function, and the first function is to transmit the temporary control authority function.
  • the receiving unit 1310 may be further configured to: receive a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modify the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
  • the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information It includes: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: information for recording the switch state of the first function.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the apparatus 1400 may include:
  • a sending unit 1410 configured to send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device;
  • the receiving unit 1420 is configured to receive a fourth message sent by the second electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the fourth message sends the second message to the first server on the second electronic device and receives the first Sent after the third message sent by the server; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; the first The temporary account information is the temporary account information of the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device , the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device.
  • the receiving unit 1420 may also be configured to: after successful login using the first temporary account information, receive the first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the third electronic device is An electronic device that can be controlled by the first temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the first administrator account information;
  • a display unit 1430 configured to display the first information.
  • the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; the display unit may be specifically configured to: display the first information according to the grouping information.
  • the receiving unit 1420 may also be configured to: receive a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information ends, and the twelfth message is determined by the first server. Sent when the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold;
  • the presentation unit 1430 may also be used to: end the presentation of the first information.
  • the sending unit 1410 may be further configured to: detect a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information, and send an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information.
  • Permissions for a temporary account information is used to: detect a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information, and send an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information.
  • the authority of the temporary account information is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the first temporary account information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information.
  • the receiving unit 1420 may be further configured to: receive an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information; the eleventh message is received by the first server Sent after the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information;
  • the presenting unit 1430 may also be used to: present the authority upgrade result indicated by the eleventh message.
  • the receiving unit 1420 may also be configured to: receive second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the electronic data bound to the first administrator account information. equipment information;
  • the display unit 1430 may also be used to: display the second information.
  • connection establishing unit 1440 configured to establish a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device
  • the sending unit 1410 may be specifically configured to: send the first message through the established data connection;
  • the receiving unit 1420 may be specifically configured to: receive the fourth message through the established data connection.
  • the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information Including: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or, the tenth message
  • the message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the apparatus 1500 may include:
  • the receiving unit 1510 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second electronic device, and the second message is sent after the second electronic device receives the first message sent by the first electronic device; used to request temporary control of the third electronic device authority; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
  • the sending unit 1520 is configured to send a third message to the second electronic device in response to the second message, where the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; the first temporary account information is the first management
  • the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the third message is also used to cause the second electronic device to send a fourth message to the first electronic device, the first The fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the first administrator account information has management authority over the third electronic device, and the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device.
  • the sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: after successful login verification on the first temporary account information sent by the first electronic device, send first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to make the first electronic device display the first information.
  • the sending unit 1520 may be further configured to: determine that the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold, and send a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate the use time of the first temporary account information.
  • Temporary control authority ends.
  • the receiving unit 1510 may also be configured to: receive a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device status is set;
  • a recording unit 1530 configured to record the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message
  • the sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: send a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
  • the receiving unit 1510 may also be configured to: receive a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information control to set;
  • the recording unit 1530 may also be configured to: record whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information according to the thirteenth message.
  • the sending unit 1520 can be specifically configured to: search the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, and obtain the first information; The device sends the first information.
  • the receiving unit 1510 may also be configured to: receive an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information authority, the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information;
  • the sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: in response to the eighth message, send a ninth message to the fourth electronic device, where the ninth message is used to request to increase the authority of the first temporary account information; the ninth message is further used to make the fourth electronic device Display the permission upgrade request information of the first temporary account information.
  • the receiving unit 1510 can also be used to: receive the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, and the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; the fourth operation is used to set the first temporary account information , the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the first temporary account information;
  • the sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: in response to the tenth message, modify the permission level of the first temporary account information according to the permission escalation result indicated by the tenth message, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used for Indicates the privilege escalation result of the first temporary account information.
  • the sending unit 1520 may also be used to: send the second information to the first electronic device, and the second information is used for recording in the electronic device bound with the first administrator account information. device information.
  • the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information Including: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or, the tenth message
  • the message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , the apparatus 1600 may include:
  • the receiving unit 1610 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device;
  • a sending unit 1620 configured to send a second message to the first server in response to the first message, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the second message includes second identification information;
  • the receiving unit 1610 is further configured to receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated a third message bound with the first administrator account information.
  • the third message is used to send confirmation information
  • the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated a third message bound with the first administrator account information.
  • Three temporary control authority of the electronic device the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device;
  • the sending unit 1620 is further configured to send a fourth message to the first electronic device in response to the third message, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
  • it can also include:
  • connection establishing unit 1630 configured to establish a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device
  • the receiving unit 1610 may be specifically configured to: receive the first message through the established data connection;
  • the sending unit 1620 may be specifically configured to: send the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
  • it may further include: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first function is enabled, where the first function is a function of transmitting temporary control authority.
  • the sending unit 1620 may be further configured to: in response to the first message, determine that the first function is disabled, and send a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to refuse the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
  • the sending unit 1620 can also be used to:
  • a sixth message is sent to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has the first function.
  • the receiving unit 1610 may be further configured to: receive a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modify the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
  • the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, the third message includes the first Two identification information; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: information for recording the switch state of the first function.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , the apparatus 1700 may include:
  • the sending unit 1710 is configured to send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first an electronic device;
  • the receiving unit 1720 is configured to receive a fourth message sent by the second electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information; the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated the first administrator account information bound with the first administrator account information.
  • the temporary control authority of the third electronic device; the fourth message is sent after the second electronic device sends the second message to the first server and receives the third message sent by the first server; the second message is used to request the first electronic device to The temporary control authority of the third electronic device; the third message is used to send confirmation information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound to the second electronic device, and the first administrator account information has the information of the third electronic device. Administrative rights.
  • the receiving unit 1720 may also be configured to: after successful login using the second identification information, receive the first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; An electronic device that can be controlled by the second identification information among the electronic devices bound with the account information of the first administrator;
  • the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; the display unit 1730 may be specifically configured to: display the first information according to the grouping information.
  • the receiving unit 1720 may also be configured to: receive a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the second identification information ends, and the twelfth message determines when the first server determines the 2. Sent when the usage time of the identification information reaches the preset threshold;
  • the presentation unit 1730 may also be used to: end the presentation of the first information.
  • the sending unit 1710 may be further configured to: detect a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to upgrade the authority of the second identification information, and send an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information The authority of the identification information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the second identification information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information permission.
  • the receiving unit 1720 may be further configured to: receive an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the second identification information; 4. Send after the tenth message sent by the electronic device, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the second identification information;
  • the presenting unit 1730 may also be used to: present the authority upgrade result indicated by the eleventh message.
  • the receiving unit 1720 may be further configured to: receive second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account information;
  • the display unit 1730 may also be used to: display the second information.
  • connection establishing unit 1740 configured to establish a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device
  • the sending unit 1710 may also be configured to: send the first message through the established data connection;
  • the receiving unit 1720 may also be configured to: receive the fourth message through the established data connection.
  • the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, the third message includes the first Second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message
  • the message includes: the second identification information and the authority upgrade result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the apparatus 1800 may include:
  • the receiving unit 1810 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second electronic device, the second message is sent after the second electronic device receives the first message sent by the first electronic device, and the first message is used to request the third electronic device
  • the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; both the first message and the second message include: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device equipment;
  • the sending unit 1820 is configured to send a third message to the second electronic device in response to the second message, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated with the first administrator account the temporary control authority of the third electronic device to which the information is bound; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device; the third The three messages are further used to cause the second electronic device to send a fourth message to the first electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
  • the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: after successful login verification on the second identification information sent by the first electronic device, send first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to cause the first electronic device to display the first information.
  • the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: determine that the usage time of the second identification information reaches a preset threshold, and send a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate temporary control of the second identification information Permission ends.
  • the receiving unit 1810 may be further configured to: receive a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth
  • the electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device status is set;
  • a recording unit 1830 configured to record the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message;
  • the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: send a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
  • the receiving unit 1810 may be further configured to: receive a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information control to set;
  • the recording unit 1830 may also be configured to: record whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information according to the thirteenth message.
  • the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: search for information on electronic devices that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic devices bound to the first administrator account information, to obtain the first information; The device sends the first information.
  • the receiving unit 1810 may also be configured to: receive an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the second identification information The authority of the eighth message is used to request to enhance the authority of the second identification information;
  • the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: in response to the eighth message, send a ninth message to the fourth electronic device, where the ninth message is used to request to increase the authority of the second identification information; the ninth message is further used to make the fourth electronic device display The permission upgrade request information of the second identification information.
  • the receiving unit 1810 can also be used to: receive the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, and the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; the fourth operation is used to set the second identification information. the authority escalation result, the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information;
  • the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: in response to the tenth message, modify the permission level of the second identification information according to the permission escalation result indicated by the tenth message, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used to indicate The authority upgrade result of the second identification information.
  • the sending unit 1820 may be further configured to: send second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record the information of the electronic device bound with the first administrator account information.
  • the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, the third message includes the first Second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message
  • the message includes: the second identification information and the authority upgrade result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
  • FIGS. 13 to 18 can be used to implement the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 of the present application, and the implementation principles and technical effects may further refer to the relevant descriptions in the method embodiments.
  • each unit of the apparatus shown in FIG. 13 to FIG. 18 is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated.
  • these units can all be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements; they can also all be implemented in hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements, and some units can be implemented in hardware.
  • the acquisition unit may be a separately established processing element, or may be integrated in a certain chip of the electronic device.
  • the implementation of other units is similar.
  • all or part of these units can be integrated together, and can also be implemented independently.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method or each above-mentioned unit may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in the form of software.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide an electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs
  • the program includes instructions that, when executed by the electronic device, cause the device to execute the methods shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 .
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a server, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs Including instructions, when the instructions are executed by the server, cause the device to execute the methods shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 12 .
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the programs provided by the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 of the present application. method.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program, which, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the methods provided by the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 of the present application.
  • “at least one” refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or”, which describes the association relationship of the associated objects means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone. where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects are an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” and similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one of a, b, and c may represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a and b and c, where a, b, c may be single, or Can be multiple.
  • any function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, Read-Only Memory (Read-Only Memory; hereinafter referred to as: ROM), Random Access Memory (Random Access Memory; hereinafter referred to as: RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other various A medium on which program code can be stored.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • magnetic disk or optical disk and other various A medium on which program code can be stored.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Telephonic Communication Services (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)

Abstract

An information processing method and an electronic device. In the method, a first electronic device sends a first message to a second electronic device, the first message being used for requesting a temporary control permission for a third electronic device; the second electronic device sends a second message to a first server in response to the first message, the second message being used for requesting a temporary control permission of the first electronic device for the third electronic device; the first server sends a third message to the second electronic device in response to the second message, the third message being used for indicating first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device, and the first temporary account information having the temporary control permission for the third electronic device; the second electronic device sends a fourth message to the first electronic device in response to the third message, the fourth message being used for sending the first temporary account information. The present application enables temporary users to conveniently use their own electronic devices to control smart home devices.

Description

信息处理方法和电子设备Information processing method and electronic device 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及智能终端技术领域,特别涉及信息处理方法和电子设备。The present application relates to the technical field of intelligent terminals, and in particular, to an information processing method and an electronic device.
背景技术Background technique
随着科学技术的发展,日常生活中人们用到的电子设备越来越多,越来越智能化,例如家居环境中的电视、音箱等电子设备都在逐渐转变的更为智能化。为了方便用户对于各种电子设备的控制,用户可以通过自己拥有的一个电子设备例如手机来进行其他电子设备的控制。With the development of science and technology, people use more and more electronic devices in daily life and become more and more intelligent. For example, electronic devices such as TVs and speakers in the home environment are gradually becoming more intelligent. In order to facilitate the user's control of various electronic devices, the user may control other electronic devices through an electronic device owned by himself, such as a mobile phone.
以使用手机控制智能电视为例,拥有智能电视的用户需要在自己的手机中安装对应的应用(Application,App)、在应用中登录账户,与智能电视建立连接,将账户与智能电视进行绑定,用户的账户成为智能电视的管理者账户,用户可以通过自己手机中安装的应用来实现手机对于智能电视的控制。Taking the use of mobile phones to control smart TVs as an example, users with smart TVs need to install the corresponding application (Application, App) in their mobile phones, log in to the account in the application, establish a connection with the smart TV, and bind the account to the smart TV. , the user's account becomes the manager account of the smart TV, and the user can control the smart TV with the mobile phone through the application installed in the mobile phone.
被控制的电子设备例如上述的智能电视一般只能绑定拥有该电子设备的用户的账户作为管理者账户,由拥有该电子设备的用户进行控制。如果有用户需要临时控制其他用户的电子设备,例如某一用户去别人家里做客,希望通过自己的手机来临时控制主人家中的智能电视、智能音箱等电子设备,需要作为主人的用户在管理者账户中进行操作,将每个电子设备分享给客人的账户,作为客人的用户选择接收每个电子设备的分享,获得每个电子设备的控制权限,整个过程不管是对于作为主人的用户还是对于作为客人的用户来说,操作都较为繁琐,尤其是有多个客人时,要作为主人的用户逐个电子设备、逐个账户的进行分享,操作更为繁琐。A controlled electronic device, such as the above-mentioned smart TV, generally can only be bound to the account of the user who owns the electronic device as an administrator account, and the user who owns the electronic device can control it. If a user needs to temporarily control the electronic devices of other users, for example, a user is a guest at someone else's house and wishes to temporarily control electronic devices such as smart TVs and smart speakers in the owner's home through his mobile phone, the user as the owner needs to be in the administrator account. Share each electronic device to the guest's account, and the user who is the guest chooses to receive the sharing of each electronic device and obtains the control authority of each electronic device. The whole process is for the user as the host or for the guest as a guest. For the users of the host, the operation is more cumbersome, especially when there are multiple guests, it is more cumbersome to share the users as the host one by one electronic device and account by account.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供了一种信息处理方法和电子设备,能够使得用户方便的使用自己的电子设备实现对他人电子设备的临时控制。The present application provides an information processing method and electronic device, which enable a user to conveniently use his own electronic device to temporarily control the electronic device of others.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种信息处理方法,应用于第二电子设备,包括:接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;响应于第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;接收第一服务器发送的第三消息,第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息,第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;响应于第三消息,向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息。该方法中,第二电子设备基于第一电子设备发送的第一消息,从第一服务器获取到针对于第三电子设备的临时控制权限,将临时控制权限发送给第一电 子设备,过程中无需第三电子设备和第一电子设备的用户进行操作,操作简便,提升用户体验。In a first aspect, the present application provides an information processing method, applied to a second electronic device, comprising: receiving a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device; In response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used for Indicates the first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device, the first temporary account information has temporary control authority to the third electronic device; in response to the third message, a fourth message is sent to the first electronic device, and the fourth message uses for sending the first temporary account information. In this method, the second electronic device obtains the temporary control authority for the third electronic device from the first server based on the first message sent by the first electronic device, and sends the temporary control authority to the first electronic device, without the need for a process. Users of the third electronic device and the first electronic device operate, which is easy to operate and improves user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:与第一电子设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接;接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接接收第一消息;向第一电子设备发送第四消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第四消息。该方法中,基于近场通信建立数据连接,进行消息的传输,从而第一电子设备的用户仅需要将第一电子设备靠近第二电子设备即可获取到第三电子设备的临时控制权限,进一步简化了第一电子设备的用户获取临时控制权限的操作。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device; receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, including: receiving the first message through the established data connection; Sending the fourth message by the first electronic device includes: sending the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection. In this method, a data connection is established based on near field communication to transmit messages, so that the user of the first electronic device only needs to bring the first electronic device close to the second electronic device to obtain the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and further The operation of obtaining the temporary control authority by the user of the first electronic device is simplified.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一服务器发送第二消息之前,还包括:确定第一功能被开启,第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。In a possible implementation manner, before sending the second message to the first server, the method further includes: determining that the first function is enabled, and the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:响应于第一消息,确定第一功能被关闭,向第一电子设备发送第五消息,第五消息用于拒绝第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限的请求。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: in response to the first message, determining that the first function is disabled, and sending a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to reject the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息之前,还包括:通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第六消息,第六消息用于记录第二电子设备具有第一功能,第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, the method further includes: sending a sixth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has The first function, the first function is the function of transferring the temporary control authority.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第七消息,第七消息用于指示第一功能的开关状态;按照第七消息指示的开关状态修改第一功能的开关状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modifying the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限。In a possible implementation manner, the first temporary account information is temporary account information of the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator The account information has management authority to the third electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:第一消息、第二消息、以及第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,第一标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,第二消息中包括:第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第七消息中包括:用于记录第一功能的开关状态的信息;和/或,临时控制权限包括:控制第三电子设备的开关状态,控制第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,管理权限包括:删除第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升第一临时账户信息的控制权限级别,延长第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, and the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first identification information A temporary account information includes: temporary account name, password; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: used to record the switch state of the first function and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the on-off state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, enhancing the first The control authority level of the first temporary account information extends the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理方法,应用于第一电子设备,包括:向第二电子设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;接收第二电子设备发送的第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息;第四消息在第二电子设备向第一服务器发送第二消息、接收到第一服务器发送的第三消息后发送;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息;第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a first electronic device, including: sending a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request a temporary control authority for the third electronic device; Receive the fourth message sent by the second electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the fourth message sends the second message to the first server on the second electronic device, and receives the third message sent by the first server The second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; Temporary control authority for three electronic devices.
该方法中,第一电子设备通过第二电子设备从第一服务器获取到针对于第三电子设备的临时控制权限,过程中无需第三电子设备和第一电子设备的用户进行操作,操 作简便,提升用户体验。In this method, the first electronic device obtains the temporary control authority for the third electronic device from the first server through the second electronic device, and the users of the third electronic device and the first electronic device do not need to operate in the process, and the operation is simple and convenient. Improve user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:使用第一临时账户信息登录成功后,接收第一服务器发送的第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第三电子设备是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被第一临时账户信息控制的电子设备;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限;展示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: after successful login using the first temporary account information, receiving first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the third electronic device is An electronic device that can be controlled by the first temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account The information has management authority to the third electronic device; the first information is displayed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息中还包括:分组信息,分组信息用于记录第三电子设备所在的家居环境;展示第一信息,包括:按照分组信息展示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; and displaying the first information includes: displaying the first information according to the grouping information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束,第十二消息在第一服务器确定第一临时账户信息的使用时间达到预设阈值时发送;结束对于第一信息的展示。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information ends, and the twelfth message is determined by the first server. Sent when the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold; and the display of the first information is ended.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:检测到第一操作,第一操作用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限,向第一服务器发送第八消息,第八消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限;第八消息用于使得第一服务器向第四电子设备发送第九消息、第四电子设备展示第一临时账户信息的权限升级请求信息,第九消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: detecting a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to increase the authority of the first temporary account information, and an eighth message is sent to the first server, and the eighth message is used to request to increase the first temporary account information. The authority of the temporary account information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the first temporary account information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information. Permissions for a temporary account information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一服务器发送第八消息之后,还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;第十一消息在第一服务器接收到第四电子设备发送的第十消息后发送,第十消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;展示第十一消息指示的权限升级结果。In a possible implementation manner, after sending the eighth message to the first server, the method further includes: receiving an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate a permission upgrade result of the first temporary account information; The eleventh message is sent after the first server receives the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device. The tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information; the authority upgrade result indicated by the eleventh message is displayed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,方法还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第二信息,第二信息用于记录与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息;展示第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, and the method further includes: receiving second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the information bound to the first administrator account information. Information of the electronic device; displaying the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:与第二电子设备建立基于进场通信的数据连接;向第二电子设备发送第一消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接发送第一消息;接收第二电子设备发送的第四消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接接收第四消息。该方法中,基于近场通信建立数据连接,进行消息的传输,从而第一电子设备的用户仅需要将第一电子设备靠近第二电子设备即可获取到第三电子设备的临时控制权限,进一步简化了第一电子设备的用户获取临时控制权限的操作。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device; sending the first message to the second electronic device, including: sending the first message through the established data connection; receiving the first message The fourth message sent by the second electronic device includes: receiving the fourth message through the established data connection. In this method, a data connection is established based on near field communication to transmit messages, so that the user of the first electronic device only needs to bring the first electronic device close to the second electronic device to obtain the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and further The operation of obtaining the temporary control authority by the user of the first electronic device is simplified.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:第一消息、第二消息、以及第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,第一标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第一临时账户信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,临时控制权限包括:控制第三电子设备的开关状态,控制第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;和/或,管理权限包括:删除第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升第一临时账户信息的控制权限级别,延长第一 临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, and the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first identification information The temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or Or, the tenth message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or, the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information, and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority information; and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information is the temporary account information of the first administrator account information; And/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理方法,应用于服务器,包括:接收第二电子设备发送的第二消息,第二消息在第二电子设备接收到第一电子设备发送的第一消息后发送;用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;响应于第二消息,向第二电子设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息;第三消息还用于使得第二电子设备向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息;第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限。该方法中,服务器自动生成第一临时账户信息,通过第二电子设备传输至第一电子设备,过程中无需第三电子设备和第一电子设备的用户进行操作,操作简便,提升用户体验。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a server and includes: receiving a second message sent by a second electronic device, where the second message receives a first message sent by the first electronic device at the second electronic device. The message is sent after the message; it is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; Three messages, the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device; the third message is also used to make the second electronic device send a fourth message to the first electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send the first 1 temporary account information; the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device. In this method, the server automatically generates the first temporary account information and transmits it to the first electronic device through the second electronic device, and the user of the third electronic device and the first electronic device does not need to operate during the process, which is easy to operate and improves user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:对第一电子设备发送的第一临时账户信息进行登录验证成功后,向第一电子设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第一信息还用于使得第一电子设备展示第一信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: after successful login verification on the first temporary account information sent by the first electronic device, sending first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to make the first electronic device display the first information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:确定第一临时账户信息的使用时间达到预设阈值,向第一电子设备发送第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: determining that the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold, and sending a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate the use time of the first temporary account information Temporary control authority ends.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第四电子设备发送的第十三消息,第十三消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;第十三消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第二操作、确定第二操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态进行设置;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限;按照第十三消息指示的开关状态记录第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;向第二电子设备发送第七消息,第七消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device state; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device; records are recorded according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message The switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; sending a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第四电子设备发送的第十四消息,第十四消息用于指示第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制;第十四消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第三操作、确定第三操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制进行设置;根据第十三消息记录第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information The control is set; whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information is recorded according to the thirteenth message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一电子设备发送第一信息,包括:从与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息中查找能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息,得到第一信息;向第一电子设备发送第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, sending the first information to the first electronic device includes: searching for the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, Obtain the first information; send the first information to the first electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第一电子设备发送的第八消息,第八消息在第一电子设备检测到第一操作后发送;第一操作用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限,第八消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限;响应于第八消息,向第四电子设备发送第九消息,第九消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限;第九消息还用于使得第四电子设备展示第一临时账户信息的权限升级请求信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account the authority of the information, the eighth message is used to request the authority to enhance the information of the first temporary account; in response to the eighth message, a ninth message is sent to the fourth electronic device, and the ninth message is used to request the authority to enhance the information of the first temporary account; The ninth message is further used to cause the fourth electronic device to display permission upgrade request information of the first temporary account information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第四电子设备发送第九消息之后,还包括:接收第 四电子设备发送的第十消息,第十消息在第四电子设备检测到第四操作后发送;第四操作用于设置第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果,第十消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;响应于第十消息,按照第十消息指示的权限升级结果修改第一临时账户信息的权限级别,向第一电子设备发送第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果。In a possible implementation manner, after sending the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the method further includes: receiving a tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; The fourth operation is used to set the authority escalation result of the first temporary account information, and the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the first temporary account information; in response to the tenth message, modify the first message according to the authority escalation result indicated by the tenth message. For the authority level of the temporary account information, an eleventh message is sent to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,方法还包括:向第一电子设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于记录于第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, and the method further includes: sending second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record in the information bound to the first administrator account information. Information on electronic equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:第一消息、第二消息、以及第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,第一标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第一临时账户信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,临时控制权限包括:控制第三电子设备的开关状态,控制第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;和/或,管理权限包括:删除第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升第一临时账户信息的控制权限级别,延长第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, and the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first identification information The temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or Or, the tenth message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or, the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information, and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority information; and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information is the temporary account information of the first administrator account information; And/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理方法,应用于第二电子设备,包括:接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;响应于第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息包括第二标识信息;接收第一服务器发送的第三消息,第三消息用于发送确认信息,确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;响应于第三消息,向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息。该方法中,第二电子设备基于第一电子设备发送的第一消息,从第一服务器获取到第一电子设备的标识信息针对于第三电子设备的临时控制权限,过程中无需第三电子设备和第一电子设备的用户进行操作,操作简便,提升用户体验。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a second electronic device, including: receiving a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device ; The first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; in response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, and the second message is used to request the first electronic device to The temporary control authority of the three electronic devices; the second message includes the second identification information; the third message sent by the first server is received, and the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated a pair of Temporary control authority of the third electronic device; in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information. In this method, based on the first message sent by the first electronic device, the second electronic device obtains from the first server the identification information of the first electronic device for the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and the third electronic device is not required in the process. The operation is performed with the user of the first electronic device, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:与第一电子设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接;接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接接收第一消息;向第一电子设备发送第四消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第四消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device; receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, including: receiving the first message through the established data connection; Sending the fourth message by the first electronic device includes: sending the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一服务器发送第二消息之前,还包括:确定第一功能被开启,第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。In a possible implementation manner, before sending the second message to the first server, the method further includes: determining that the first function is enabled, and the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:响应于第一消息,确定第一功能被关闭,向第一电子设备发送第五消息,第五消息用于拒绝第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限的请求。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: in response to the first message, determining that the first function is disabled, and sending a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to reject the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
在一种可能的实现方式中,接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息之前,还包括:通 过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第六消息,第六消息用于记录第二电子设备具有第一功能。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, the method further includes: sending a sixth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has first function.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第七消息,第七消息用于指示第一功能的开关状态;按照第七消息指示的开关状态修改第一功能的开关状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modifying the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
在一种可能的实现方式中,临时控制权限是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的临时控制权限;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限。In a possible implementation manner, the temporary control authority is the temporary control authority bound with the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; The user account information has the management authority to the third electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:第二标识信息包括:第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,第三消息中包括第二标识信息,第二标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第二消息中包括:第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第七消息中包括:用于记录第一功能的开关状态的信息;和/或,临时控制权限包括:控制第三电子设备的开关状态,控制第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,管理权限包括:删除第二标识信息的临时控制权限,提升第二标识信息的控制权限级别,延长第二标识信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, third The message includes second identification information, and the second identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: using information for recording the switch state of the first function; and/or, the temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the second identifier The temporary control authority of the information, the control authority level of the second identification information is increased, and the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information is extended.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理方法,应用于第一电子设备,包括:向第二电子设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;接收第二电子设备发送的第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息;确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第四消息在第二电子设备向第一服务器发送第二消息、接收到第一服务器发送的第三消息后发送;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第三消息用于发送确认信息。该方法中,第一电子设备通过第二电子设备从第一服务器获取到第一电子设备的标识信息针对于第三电子设备的临时控制权限,过程中无需第三电子设备和第一电子设备的用户进行操作,操作简便,提升用户体验。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a first electronic device, including: sending a first message to a second electronic device, where the first message is used to request a temporary control authority for the third electronic device; The first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; the fourth message sent by the second electronic device is received, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information; The second identification information assigns temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the fourth message is sent after the second electronic device sends the second message to the first server and receives the third message sent by the first server; the second message is used for Request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to send confirmation information. In this method, the first electronic device obtains from the first server through the second electronic device the identification information of the first electronic device for the temporary control authority of the third electronic device, and the process does not require the third electronic device and the first electronic device User operation, easy to operate, improve user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:使用第二标识信息登录成功后,接收第一服务器发送的第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第三电子设备是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被第二标识信息控制的电子设备;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限;展示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: after successful login using the second identification information, receiving first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; The electronic device that can be controlled by the second identification information among the electronic devices bound by the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has Management authority to the third electronic device; display the first information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一信息中还包括:分组信息,分组信息用于记录第三电子设备所在的家居环境;展示第一信息,包括:按照分组信息展示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; and displaying the first information includes: displaying the first information according to the grouping information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第二标识信息的临时控制权限结束,第十二消息在第一服务器确定第二标识信息的使用时间达到预设阈值时发送;结束对于第一信息的展示。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the second identification information ends, and the twelfth message determines when the first server determines the first 2. Sent when the usage time of the identification information reaches a preset threshold; and the display of the first information is ended.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:检测到第一操作,第一操作用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限,向第一服务器发送第八消息,第八消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限;第八消息用于使得第一服务器向第四电子设备发送第九消息、第四电子设 备展示第二标识信息的权限升级请求信息,第九消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: detecting a first operation, where the first operation is used for requesting to upgrade the authority of the second identification information, and sending an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used for requesting to upgrade the second identification information The authority of the identification information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the second identification information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information permission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一服务器发送第八消息之后,还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果;第十一消息在第一服务器接收到第四电子设备发送的第十消息后发送,第十消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果;展示第十一消息指示的权限升级结果。In a possible implementation manner, after sending the eighth message to the first server, the method further includes: receiving an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information; The eleventh message is sent after the first server receives the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, and the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information; the authority escalation result indicated by the eleventh message is displayed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,方法还包括:接收第一服务器发送的第二信息,第二信息用于记录与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息;展示第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, and the method further includes: receiving second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the information bound to the first administrator account information. Information of the electronic device; displaying the second information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:与第二电子设备建立基于进场通信的数据连接;向第二电子设备发送第一消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接发送第一消息;接收第二电子设备发送的第四消息,包括:通过建立的数据连接接收第四消息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: establishing a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device; sending the first message to the second electronic device, including: sending the first message through the established data connection; receiving the first message The fourth message sent by the second electronic device includes: receiving the fourth message through the established data connection.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:第二标识信息包括:第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,第三消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,所述管理权限包括:删除所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第二标识信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, third The message includes second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message includes: the second identification information and the authority escalation result; and/or, the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or, all the The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority for the second identification information, The control authority level of the second identification information is increased, and the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information is extended.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理方法,应用于服务器,包括:接收第二电子设备发送的第二消息,第二消息在第二电子设备接收到第一电子设备发送的第一消息后发送,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息和第二消息均包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;响应于第二消息,向第二电子设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于发送确认信息,确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第三消息还用于使得第二电子设备向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息。该方法中,服务器直接为第一电子设备的标识信息分配针对于第三电子设备的临时控制权限,过程中无需第三电子设备和第一电子设备的用户进行操作,操作简便,提升用户体验。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing method, which is applied to a server and includes: receiving a second message sent by a second electronic device, where the second message receives a first message sent by the first electronic device at the second electronic device. After the message is sent, the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; both the first message and the second message include: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; in response to the second message, a third message is sent to the second electronic device, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the first electronic device has The second identification information assigns the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the third message is also used to make the second electronic device send a fourth message to the first electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information. In this method, the server directly assigns a temporary control authority for the third electronic device to the identification information of the first electronic device, and users of the third electronic device and the first electronic device are not required to operate during the process, which is easy to operate and improves user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:对第一电子设备发送的第二标识信息进行登录验证成功后,向第一电子设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第一信息还用于使得第一电子设备展示第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: after successful login verification of the second identification information sent by the first electronic device, sending first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to cause the first electronic device to display the first information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:确定第二标识信息的使用时间达到预设阈值,向第一电子设备发送第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第二标识信息的临时控制权限结束。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: determining that the usage time of the second identification information reaches a preset threshold, and sending a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate temporary control of the second identification information Permission ends.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第四电子设备发送的第十三消息,第十 三消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;第十三消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第二操作、确定第二操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态进行设置;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限;按照第十三消息指示的开关状态记录第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;向第二电子设备发送第七消息,第七消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device state; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device; records are recorded according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message The switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; sending a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第四电子设备发送的第十四消息,第十四消息用于指示第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制;第十四消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第三操作、确定第三操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制进行设置;根据第十三消息记录第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information The control is set; whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information is recorded according to the thirteenth message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第一电子设备发送第一信息,包括:从与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息中查找能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息,得到第一信息;向第一电子设备发送第一信息。In a possible implementation manner, sending the first information to the first electronic device includes: searching for the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, Obtain the first information; send the first information to the first electronic device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:接收第一电子设备发送的第八消息,第八消息在第一电子设备检测到第一操作后发送;第一操作用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限,第八消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限;响应于第八消息,向第四电子设备发送第九消息,第九消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限;第九消息还用于使得第四电子设备展示第二标识信息的权限升级请求信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the second identification information The eighth message is used to request the authority to enhance the second identification information; in response to the eighth message, a ninth message is sent to the fourth electronic device, and the ninth message is used to request the authority to enhance the second identification information; the ninth message It is also used to make the fourth electronic device display the permission upgrade request information of the second identification information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,向第四电子设备发送第九消息之后,还包括:接收第四电子设备发送的第十消息,第十消息在第四电子设备检测到第四操作后发送;第四操作用于设置第二标识信息的权限升级结果,第十消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果;响应于第十消息,按照第十消息指示的权限升级结果修改第二标识信息的权限级别,向第一电子设备发送第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果。In a possible implementation manner, after sending the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the method further includes: receiving a tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; The fourth operation is used to set the authority escalation result of the second identification information, and the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information; in response to the tenth message, modify the second identification information according to the authority escalation result indicated by the tenth message the permission level, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the permission escalation result of the second identification information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,方法还包括:向第一电子设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于记录与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, and the method further includes: sending second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record the information bound to the first administrator account information. Information on electronic equipment.
在一种可能的实现方式中,还包括:第二标识信息包括:第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,第三消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,临时控制权限包括:控制第三电子设备的开关状态,控制第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,管理权限包括:删除第二标识信息的临时控制权限,提升第二标识信息的控制权限级别,延长第二标识信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, third The message includes second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message includes: the second identification information and the authority escalation result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and the information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or, the temporary The control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or, the management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the second identification information, and increasing the control authority level of the second identification information, The valid time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information is extended.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理系统,包括:第一电子设备、第二电子设备以及第一服务器;其中,第一电子设备用于:向第二电子设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二电子设备用于:响应于第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一服务器用于:响应于第二消息,向第二电子设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息,第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二电子设备还用于:响应于第三消息,向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing system, including: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, and a first server; wherein the first electronic device is configured to: send a first message to the second electronic device, The first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the second electronic device is used to: in response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, and the second message is used to request the first electronic device to control the third electronic device. Temporary control authority of the third electronic device; the first server is configured to: in response to the second message, send a third message to the second electronic device, the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device, the first The temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device; the second electronic device is further configured to: in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information .
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种信息处理系统,包括:第一电子设备、第二电子设备以及第一服务器;其中,第一电子设备用于:向第二电子设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;第二电子设备用于:响应于第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息包括第二标识信息;第一服务器用于:响应于第二消息,向第二电子设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于发送确认信息,确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二电子设备还用于:响应于第三消息,向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an information processing system, including: a first electronic device, a second electronic device, and a first server; wherein the first electronic device is configured to: send a first message to the second electronic device, The first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device; the second electronic device is used to: respond to the first message , send a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the second message includes the second identification information; the first server is used for: responding to the second message , send a third message to the second electronic device, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the temporary control authority to the third electronic device has been allocated to the second identification information; the second electronic device is also used for : In response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种第二电子设备,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当指令被设备执行时,使得设备执行第一方面任一项的方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs Include instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any one of the first aspects.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一电子设备,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当指令被设备执行时,使得设备执行第二方面任一项的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs Include instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any one of the second aspects.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种服务器,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当指令被设备执行时,使得设备执行第三方面任一项的方法。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a server, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions , when the instruction is executed by the device, the device is caused to execute the method of any one of the third aspects.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种第二电子设备,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当指令被设备执行时,使得设备执行第四方面任一项的方法。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a second electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs The program includes instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any of the fourth aspects.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种第一电子设备,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当指令被设备执行时,使得设备执行第五方面任一项的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a first electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs The program includes instructions that, when executed by the device, cause the device to perform the method of any one of the fifth aspects.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种服务器,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中,一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当指令被设备执行时,使得设备执行第六方面任一项的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a server, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, and the one or more computer programs include instructions , when the instruction is executed by the device, the device is caused to execute the method of any one of the sixth aspect.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面至第六方面任一项的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the first to sixth aspects Methods.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序,当计算机程序被计算机执行时,用于执行第一方面的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program for performing the method of the first aspect when the computer program is executed by a computer.
在一种可能的设计中,第十六方面中的程序可以全部或者部分存储在与处理器封装在一起的存储介质上,也可以部分或者全部存储在不与处理器封装在一起的存储器上。In a possible design, the program in the sixteenth aspect may be stored in whole or in part on a storage medium packaged with the processor, or may be stored in part or in part in a memory not packaged with the processor.
附图说明Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案,下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。In order to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention more clearly, the following briefly introduces the accompanying drawings used in the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention. For those of ordinary skill in the art, other drawings can also be obtained from these drawings without any creative effort.
图1为本申请实施例电子设备的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例电子设备的软件结构框图;2 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例信息处理方法使用场景示例图;FIG. 3 is an example diagram of a usage scenario of an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例管理者账户下智能家居设备的一种状态展示界面示例图;FIG. 4 is an example diagram of a state display interface of a smart home device under a manager account according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例管理者账户下智能家居设备的另一种状态展示界面示例图;5 is an example diagram of another state display interface of a smart home device under a manager account according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例设备属性信息设置的一种UI界面示例图;6 is an example diagram of a UI interface for setting device attribute information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例设备属性信息设备的另一种UI界面示例图;Fig. 7 is another UI interface example diagram of the device attribute information device according to the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例信息处理方法一种UI界面示例图;8 is an example diagram of a UI interface of an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9A和图9B为本申请实施例临时账户下智能家居设备的一种状态展示界面示例图;9A and 9B are exemplary diagrams of a state display interface of a smart home device under a temporary account according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10A为本申请信息处理方法一个实施例的流程图;10A is a flowchart of an embodiment of the information processing method of the present application;
图10B为碰一碰下可信设备与第一电子设备之间的UI界面和交互信息示例图;Figure 10B is a UI interface and an example diagram of interaction information between the trusted device and the first electronic device;
图11为本申请信息处理方法中临时控制权限升级的UI界面示例图;11 is an example diagram of a UI interface for temporarily controlling the escalation of authority in the information processing method of the application;
图12为本申请信息处理方法中临时控制权限升级的流程图;12 is a flowchart of the temporary control authority upgrade in the information processing method of the application;
图13为本申请信息处理装置一种实施例的结构图;13 is a structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application;
图14为本申请信息处理装置另一种实施例的结构图;14 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application;
图15为本申请信息处理装置又一种实施例的结构图;15 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application;
图16为本申请信息处理装置又一种实施例的结构图;FIG. 16 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application;
图17为本申请信息处理装置又一种实施例的结构图;FIG. 17 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application;
图18为本申请信息处理装置又一种实施例的结构图。FIG. 18 is a structural diagram of another embodiment of the information processing apparatus of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的实施方式部分使用的术语仅用于对本申请的具体实施例进行解释,而非旨在限定本申请。The terms used in the embodiments of the present application are only used to explain specific embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the present application.
为了便于描述,以下将拥有电子设备的管理者账户的用户称为管理者用户,其他用户称为非管理者用户。For convenience of description, hereinafter, a user who has an administrator account of the electronic device is referred to as an administrator user, and other users are referred to as a non-administrator user.
本申请提供了一种信息处理方法和电子设备,无需管理者用户逐个账户、逐个电 子设备的进行共享操作,就能够使得非管理者用户方便的使用自己电子设备实现对管理者用户的电子设备的控制,提升管理者用户和非管理者用户的用户体验。The present application provides an information processing method and electronic device, which enables non-administrator users to conveniently use their own electronic devices to realize the management user's electronic devices without the need for administrator users to perform share operations on account-by-account and electronic-device-by-electronic devices. Controls to improve the user experience for both manager and non-manager users.
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于可移动的电子设备例如手机、PAD、笔记本电脑等,还可以应用于家居环境中的电子设备,例如:智能电视,智能音箱,智慧屏等。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to mobile electronic devices such as mobile phones, PADs, notebook computers, etc., and can also be applied to electronic devices in a home environment, such as smart TVs, smart speakers, and smart screens.
示例性的,图1示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。Exemplarily, FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charge management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and Subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention do not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or separate some components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现电子设备100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate with each other through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the electronic device 100 .
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled with the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170 . In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through a Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface, so as to realize the function of answering calls through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, a UART interface is typically used to connect the processor 110 with the wireless communication module 160 . For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现电子设备100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 . MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc. In some embodiments, the processor 110 communicates with the camera 193 through a CSI interface, so as to realize the photographing function of the electronic device 100 . The processor 110 communicates with the display screen 194 through the DSI interface to implement the display function of the electronic device 100 .
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured by software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like. The GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为电子设备100充电,也可以用于电子设备100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like. The USB interface 130 can be used to connect a charger to charge the electronic device 100, and can also be used to transmit data between the electronic device 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones to play audio through the headphones. The interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB 接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be provided in the processor 110 . In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of the wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 may provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modulation and demodulation processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor, and then turn it into an electromagnetic wave for radiation through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the same device as at least part of the modules of the processor 110 .
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio devices (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellites Wireless communication solutions such as global navigation satellite system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), and infrared technology (IR). The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves for radiation through the antenna 2 .
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like. Display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light). emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED) and so on. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 may implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin tone. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats of image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其 他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。A digital signal processor is used to process digital signals, in addition to digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy and so on.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos of various encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process the input information, and can continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be implemented through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 . The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example to save files like music, video etc in external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令,执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like. The storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100 and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include high-speed random access memory, and may also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (UFS), and the like. The processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, an application processor, and the like. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used for converting digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also for converting analog audio input into digital audio signal. Audio module 170 may also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 , or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110 .
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。 Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also referred to as "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or a voice message, the voice can be answered by placing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a human mouth, and input the sound signal into the microphone 170C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C, which can implement a noise reduction function in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may further be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口, 美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone jack 170D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 170D can be the USB interface 130, or can be a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, a cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA (CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180AThe pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, and can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194 . Pressure sensor 180A
的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。There are many types, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, etc. The capacitive pressure sensor may be comprised of at least two parallel plates of conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 194, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations acting on the same touch position but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation whose intensity is less than the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, the instruction for viewing the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, the instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the motion attitude of the electronic device 100 . In some embodiments, the angular velocity of electronic device 100 about three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) may be determined by gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for image stabilization. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to offset the shaking of the electronic device 100 through reverse motion to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenarios.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude through the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist in positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Further, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected when the electronic device 100 is stationary. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, etc.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor 180F for measuring distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance through infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 can use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes. The light emitting diodes may be infrared light emitting diodes. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. Electronic device 100 uses photodiodes to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100 . When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 may determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. Proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in holster mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in a pocket, so as to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, accessing application locks, taking pictures with fingerprints, answering incoming calls with fingerprints, and the like.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 caused by the low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also called "touch device". The touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive the blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can also be disposed in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 can analyze the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vocal vibration bone block obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, so as to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beat signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor 180M, and realize the function of heart rate detection.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key. The electronic device 100 may receive key inputs and generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100 .
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。Motor 191 can generate vibrating cues. The motor 191 can be used for vibrating alerts for incoming calls, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations acting on different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations on different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡, Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be contacted and separated from the electronic device 100 by inserting into the SIM card interface 195 or pulling out from the SIM card interface 195 . The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM card, Micro SIM card, SIM card and so on. Multiple cards can be inserted into the same SIM card interface 195 at the same time. The types of the plurality of cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 is also compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 employs an eSIM, ie: an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100 .
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100 as an example.
图2是本发明实施例的电子设备100的软件结构框图。FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a software structure of an electronic device 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, which are, from top to bottom, an application layer, an application framework layer, an Android runtime (Android runtime) and a system library, and a kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer can include a series of application packages.
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in Figure 2, the application package can include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message and so on.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in Figure 2, the application framework layer may include window managers, content providers, view systems, telephony managers, resource managers, notification managers, and the like.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。A window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can get the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take screenshots, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications. The data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, the display interface including the short message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
电话管理器用于提供电子设备100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the electronic device 100 . For example, the management of call status (including connecting, hanging up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localization strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear automatically after a brief pause without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also display notifications in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of graphs or scroll bar text, such as notifications of applications running in the background, and notifications on the screen in the form of dialog windows. For example, text information is prompted in the status bar, a prompt sound is issued, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的 核心库。The core library consists of two parts: one is the function functions that the java language needs to call, and the other is the Android core library.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, safety and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。A system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The Surface Manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least display drivers, camera drivers, audio drivers, and sensor drivers.
为了便于理解,本申请以下实施例将以具有图1和图2所示结构的电子设备为例,结合附图和应用场景,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行具体说明。For ease of understanding, the following embodiments of the present application will take the electronic device having the structure shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 as an example, and combine the drawings and application scenarios to specifically describe the methods provided by the embodiments of the present application.
参见图3,是本申请实施例信息处理方法使用场景举例。如图3所示为设置有智能家居设备的家居场景,其中,智能家居设备可以包括:智能电视、智能音箱、智能电表、摄像头、智能台灯、智能窗帘、智能门锁等等。Referring to FIG. 3 , it is an example of a usage scenario of the information processing method according to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 3, a home scene is provided with smart home devices, where the smart home devices may include: smart TV, smart speaker, smart meter, camera, smart desk lamp, smart curtain, smart door lock, and so on.
参见图4,是本申请实施例管理者账户登录后绑定的智能家居设备的状态展示示例图。一个管理者账户可以绑定若干个智能家居设备,控制所有与管理者账户绑定的智能家居设备。管理者账户对与管理者账户绑定的智能家居设备具有管理权限,例如:增加或者删除智能家居设备,控制与管理者账户绑定的智能家居设备,以及其他可能的对智能家居设备的管理操作。管理者账户可以具有对智能家居设备的最高控制权限。Referring to FIG. 4 , it is an example diagram showing the status of the smart home devices bound after the administrator account is logged in according to the embodiment of the present application. An administrator account can bind several smart home devices and control all smart home devices bound to the administrator account. The administrator account has management rights to the smart home devices bound to the administrator account, such as: adding or deleting smart home devices, controlling smart home devices bound to the administrator account, and other possible management operations on smart home devices . An administrator account can have the highest level of control over smart home devices.
用户生活中可能涉及多个场景,例如自己家、父母家、公司,每个场景下都可能具有智能家居设备,为了便于用户使用一个管理者账户同时绑定各个场景下的智能家居设备且能够对各个场景下的智能家居设备进行区分,本申请实施例中管理者账户下还可以设置若干个分组,且支持用户对分组进行建立、编辑和删除等操作,每个分组可以对应用户涉及的一个场景。参见图5所示举例,用户XX的账户XXX下设置有“XX的家”“父母的家”“公司”三个分组,每个分组下记录有对应场景下与账户XXX绑定的智能家居设备,例如图5所示举例中,分组“XX的家”中包括:XX的家里的电视、窗帘、摄像头、门锁等智能家居设备;分组“父母的家”中包括:XX的父母的家里的电视、窗帘等智能家居设备;分组“公司”中包括:XX的公司中的空调、窗帘等智能家居设备;从而便于用户XX区分不同场景下的智能家居设备、进行不同场景下智能家居设备的控制。There may be multiple scenarios in the user's life, such as their own home, parents' home, and company, and each scenario may have smart home devices. The smart home devices in each scenario are distinguished. In the embodiment of the present application, several groups can also be set under the administrator account, and users are supported to create, edit, and delete the groups, and each group can correspond to a scenario involved by the user. . Referring to the example shown in Figure 5, the account XXX of user XX is set up with three groups of "XX's home", "parents' home" and "company", and each group records the smart home devices bound to account XXX in the corresponding scenario For example, in the example shown in Figure 5, the grouping "XX's home" includes: XX's home TV, curtains, cameras, door locks and other smart home equipment; the grouping "parents' home" includes: XX's parents' home Smart home devices such as TVs and curtains; the grouped "company" includes: smart home devices such as air conditioners and curtains in XX's company; thus, it is convenient for user XX to distinguish smart home devices in different scenarios and control smart home devices in different scenarios .
以上图4和图5中从GUI角度说明账户与智能家居设备之间的关系。而从服务器角度来说,服务器存储有各账户下绑定的智能家居设备信息,在一种可能的实现方式 中,服务器可以通过列表的方式记录账户绑定的智能家居设备信息,例如:Figures 4 and 5 above illustrate the relationship between accounts and smart home devices from a GUI perspective. From the perspective of the server, the server stores the information of smart home devices bound under each account. In a possible implementation, the server can record the information of smart home devices bound to the account in a list, for example:
针对于图4所示举例,服务器中存储的信息如下表1所示,包括账户名、智能家居设备名称、位置三个字段。For the example shown in FIG. 4 , the information stored in the server is shown in Table 1 below, including three fields: account name, smart home device name, and location.
账户名account name 智能家居设备名称Smart Home Device Name 位置Location
XXXXXX 电视television 客厅living room
XXXXXX 窗帘curtain 客厅living room
XXXXXX 摄像头Camera 客厅living room
XXXXXX 门锁door lock 客厅living room
XXXXXX 台灯desk lamp 主卧master bedroom
XXXXXX 音箱speaker 主卧master bedroom
表1Table 1
针对于图5所示举例,服务器中存储的信息例如下表2所示,与表1的区别主要在于增加了分组名这一字段。For the example shown in FIG. 5 , the information stored in the server is shown in Table 2 below, and the difference from Table 1 is that the field of the group name is added.
账户名account name 分组名group name 智能家居设备名称Smart Home Device Name 位置Location
XXXXXX XX的家XX's home 电视television 客厅living room
XXXXXX XX的家XX's home 窗帘curtain 客厅living room
XXXXXX XX的家XX's home
XXXXXX 父母的家parents' home 电视television 客厅living room
XXXXXX 父母的家parents' home 窗帘curtain 客厅living room
XXXXXX 父母的家parents' home
XXXXXX 公司company 空调air conditioner   
XXXXXX 公司company 窗帘curtain   
XXXXXX 公司company
表2Table 2
需要说明的是,表1、表2仅为示例,并不用以限制服务器中对于账户下绑定的智能家居设备信息的存储方式。例如,以上表格中还可以进一步存储各个智能家居设备的标识信息。智能家居设备的标识信息用于唯一标识智能家居设备,不同智能家居设备的标识信息不同。It should be noted that Table 1 and Table 2 are only examples, and are not used to limit the storage method of the smart home device information bound under the account in the server. For example, the above table may further store the identification information of each smart home device. The identification information of the smart home device is used to uniquely identify the smart home device, and the identification information of different smart home devices is different.
本申请实施例中,每一个智能家居设备可以绑定一个管理者账户,也可以绑定多个管理者账户,本申请实施例不作限定。其中,如果一个智能家居设备绑定有多个管理者账户,多个管理者账户之间可以具有主次关系,也即多个管理者账户中包括一个主管理者账户,主管理者账户具有对其他管理者账户进行管理的权限;或者,多个管理者账户之间也可以不具有主次关系,也即多个管理者账户具有的权限相同,相互之间不具有管理权限。In the embodiment of the present application, each smart home device may be bound to one administrator account, or may be bound to multiple administrator accounts, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, if a smart home device is bound with multiple manager accounts, the multiple manager accounts may have a primary and secondary relationship, that is, the multiple manager accounts include a primary manager account, and the primary manager account has a pair of The authority to manage other administrator accounts; alternatively, multiple administrator accounts may not have a primary-secondary relationship, that is, multiple administrator accounts have the same authority and do not have management authority between each other.
本申请实施例的信息处理方法可以为与管理者账户绑定的智能家居设备设置第一设备属性,用于记录智能家居设备是否能够执行本申请实施例信息处理方法,第一设备属性的参数可以包括:可信设备和普通设备,可信设备用于表示智能家居设备可 以被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法;普通设备用于表示不能被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法。此时,服务器中可以为智能家居设备设置第一设备属性这一参数,第一设备属性的参数值可以包括:可信设备和普通设备。The information processing method of the embodiment of the present application may set a first device attribute for the smart home device bound to the administrator account, which is used to record whether the smart home device can execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application, and the parameter of the first device attribute may be Including: trusted devices and common devices, trusted devices are used to indicate that smart home devices can be triggered to execute the information processing methods of the embodiments of the present application; common devices are used to indicate that they cannot be triggered to execute the information processing methods of the embodiments of the present application. At this time, the server may set a parameter of the first device attribute for the smart home device, and the parameter value of the first device attribute may include: a trusted device and a common device.
需要说明的是,能够被设置为可信设备的智能家居设备在硬件上需要具备执行本申请实施例信息处理方法的能力,对于硬件上满足要求的智能家居设备,智能家居设备制作商在智能家居设备的制作中可以为智能家居设备预设可信设备功能,这一功能开启时该智能家居设备可以被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法,这一功能关闭时,该智能家居设备无法被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法。管理者用户可以在该智能家居设备中打开或关闭可信设备功能,或者,也可以在管理者账户下通过设置智能家居设备的第一设备属性控制可信设备功能的打开或关闭。It should be noted that a smart home device that can be set as a trusted device needs to have the ability to execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application. In the production of the device, a trusted device function can be preset for the smart home device. When this function is turned on, the smart home device can be triggered to execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application. When this function is turned off, the smart home device cannot be triggered. Execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application. The administrator user can enable or disable the trusted device function in the smart home device, or can also control the trusted device function on or off by setting the first device attribute of the smart home device under the administrator account.
当具有可信设备功能的智能家居设备与管理者账户进行绑定时,可以将自身具有可信设备功能的信息发送至服务器,由服务器进行存储。When the smart home device with the trusted device function is bound to the administrator account, the information with the trusted device function can be sent to the server, and the server stores it.
服务器中存储的智能家居设备的第一设备属性、以及是否具有可信设备功能的信息例如下表3所示,包括管理者账户XXX绑定的智能家居设备列表,以及每个智能家居设备的第一设备属性字段和具有可信设备功能字段。The information about the first device attribute of the smart home device and whether it has a trusted device function stored in the server is shown in Table 3 below, including the list of smart home devices bound to the administrator account XXX, and the first device of each smart home device. A device attribute field and a trusted device capability field.
账户account 智能家居设备Smart Home Devices 具有可信设备功能Has trusted device capabilities 第一设备属性first device properties
XXXXXX 电视television Yes 可信设备trusted device
XXXXXX 门锁door lock no 普通设备Ordinary equipment
XXXXXX 窗帘curtain no 普通设备Ordinary equipment
XXXXXX 摄像头Camera no 普通设备Ordinary equipment
XXXXXX 音箱speaker Yes 可信设备trusted device
表3table 3
管理者用户可以登录管理者账户,对绑定的智能家居设备是否作为可信设备、执行本申请实施例信息处理方法进行设置,相应的,服务器中将对应更新第一设备属性的参数值、智能家居设备中将对应更新可信设备功能的开关状态。例如图6所示,管理者用户在一电子设备的应用中登录管理者账户,通过手指点击等方式选择“设备属性设置”控件,相应的,电子设备检测到用户针对于第一设备属性设置的选择操作,从服务器获取管理者账户绑定的智能家居设备的相关信息列表,表中可以包括:智能家居设备的标识信息、每个智能家居设备的参数“第一设备属性”的参数值以及参数“具有可信设备功能”的参数值,则获取的相关信息列表例如下表4所示。其中,第一设备属性的参数值有2种,分别是:普通设备和可信设备;具有可信设备功能的取值有2种,分别是:有、无。没有被用户设置时智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值可以为默认值,例如普通设备。The administrator user can log in to the administrator account, and set whether the bound smart home device is a trusted device and execute the information processing method of the embodiment of this application. Correspondingly, the server will correspondingly update the parameter value and smart The home device will correspond to the on/off status of the update trusted device function. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , the administrator user logs in to the administrator account in an application of an electronic device, and selects the "device property setting" control by clicking with a finger. Correspondingly, the electronic device detects that the user has set the properties of the first device Select operation, obtain from the server a list of related information of smart home devices bound to the administrator account, the table may include: identification information of smart home devices, parameter values of the parameter "first device attribute" of each smart home device, and parameters For the parameter value of "with trusted device function", the list of related information obtained is shown in Table 4 below. Among them, there are two kinds of parameter values of the first device attribute, namely: common device and trusted device; there are two kinds of values with trusted device function, namely: yes and no. When not set by the user, the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device may be a default value, such as a common device.
智能家居设备Smart Home Devices 第一设备属性first device properties 具有可信设备功能Has trusted device capabilities
电视television 可信设备trusted device Yes
门锁door lock 普通设备Ordinary equipment no
窗帘curtain 普通设备Ordinary equipment no
摄像头Camera 普通设备Ordinary equipment no
音箱speaker 可信设备trusted device Yes
表4Table 4
管理者账户所在的电子设备向用户展示设备属性设置界面,界面中展示绑定的智能家居设备、以及智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值;用户通过手指点击等操作选择界面中的一个智能家居设备,例如图6中以选择电视为例,相应的,电子设备根据智能家居设备的可信设备功能以及第一设备属性两个参数的参数值展示属性选择界面,如果智能家居设备具有可信设备功能,如图6中第3幅图所示,具有普通设备和可信设备2个选项供用户选择,并且显示智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值,例如图6中第3幅图所示以电视当前的设备属性为可信设备为例;如果智能家居设备不具有可信设备功能,仅具有普通设备1个选项可供用户选择(图6中未示出)。用户点击属性选择界面中展示的参数值选项,如图6中第3幅图中用户选择的参数值选项为“可信设备”,相应的,电子设备检测到针对于参数值选项的选择操作,确定选择操作指示的设置结果,将设置结果发送给服务器,服务器可以基于第一设备属性的设置结果修改参数值。可选的,电子设备将设置结果发送给服务器之前,可以将设置结果与智能家居设备第一设备属性的原参数值进行比较,如果选择操作指示的参数值与该智能家居设备的原参数值不相同,才将设置结果发送给服务器。The electronic device where the administrator account is located displays the device property setting interface to the user, and the interface displays the bound smart home device and the parameter value of the first device property of the smart home device; the user selects a smart home device in the interface through operations such as finger clicks Home equipment, for example, in FIG. 6, selecting a TV is taken as an example. Correspondingly, the electronic device displays the attribute selection interface according to the trusted device function of the smart home device and the parameter values of the two parameters of the first device attribute. If the smart home device has a trusted device The device function, as shown in the third picture in Figure 6, has two options of common device and trusted device for the user to choose, and displays the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device, such as the third picture in Figure 6 As shown, the current device attribute of the TV is a trusted device as an example; if the smart home device does not have the trusted device function, there is only one common device option for the user to select (not shown in FIG. 6 ). The user clicks the parameter value option displayed in the attribute selection interface. The parameter value option selected by the user in the third picture in Figure 6 is "Trusted Device". Correspondingly, the electronic device detects the selection operation for the parameter value option. The setting result indicated by the selection operation is determined, and the setting result is sent to the server, and the server can modify the parameter value based on the setting result of the first device attribute. Optionally, before the electronic device sends the setting result to the server, the setting result can be compared with the original parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device, if the parameter value indicated by the selection operation is different from the original parameter value of the smart home device. the same, the setting result is sent to the server.
假设用户的操作更改了一个智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值,分为两种情况:Assuming that the user's operation changes the parameter value of the first device attribute of a smart home device, there are two cases:
一种是从可信设备修改为普通设备,则电子设备将智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值发送至服务器,服务器将智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值修改为普通设备,并且,向该智能家居设备发送可信设备关闭消息,该消息用于指示该智能家居设备关闭可信设备功能,相应的,智能家居设备响应于可信设备关闭消息,关闭可信设备功能;One is to modify from a trusted device to a common device, then the electronic device sends the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to a common device, and , sending a trusted device shutdown message to the smart home device, where the message is used to instruct the smart home device to close the trusted device function, and correspondingly, the smart home device closes the trusted device function in response to the trusted device shutdown message;
另一种是从普通设备修改为可信设备,则电子设备将智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值发送至服务器,服务器将智能家居设备的第一设备属性的参数值修改为可信设备,服务器向该智能家居设备发送可信设备开启消息,该消息用于指示该智能家居设备开启可信设备功能,相应的,智能家居设备响应于可信设备开启消息,开启可信设备功能。The other is to change from a common device to a trusted device, the electronic device sends the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the parameter value of the first device attribute of the smart home device to a trusted device. , the server sends a trusted device enable message to the smart home device, the message is used to instruct the smart home device to enable the trusted device function, and correspondingly, the smart home device responds to the trusted device enable message to enable the trusted device function.
本申请实施例还可以为智能家居设备设置第二设备属性,用于记录智能家居设备是否能够被管理者账户之外的账户进行控制。第二设备属性的取值可以包括:普通设备和隐私设备;其中,普通设备用于表示智能家居设备可以授权给管理者账户之外的账户进行控制,而隐私设备用于表示智能家居设备不能授权给管理者账户之外的账户进行控制。与上述第一设备属性类似,服务器中可以为智能家居设备对应设置第二设备属性这一参数,第二设备属性的参数值包括普通设备和隐私设备,从而记录为智能家居设备设置的第二设备属性。同样的,管理者用户可以登录管理者账户,对绑定的智能家居设备的第二设备属性进行设置。In this embodiment of the present application, a second device attribute may also be set for the smart home device, which is used to record whether the smart home device can be controlled by an account other than the administrator account. The values of the second device attribute may include: common equipment and privacy equipment; wherein, common equipment is used to indicate that the smart home equipment can be authorized to control accounts other than the administrator account, and private equipment is used to indicate that the smart home equipment cannot be authorized Give control to accounts other than the administrator account. Similar to the above-mentioned first device attribute, the server can correspondingly set the parameter of the second device attribute for the smart home device, and the parameter value of the second device attribute includes the common device and the privacy device, so as to record the second device set for the smart home device. Attributes. Similarly, the manager user can log in to the manager account and set the second device property of the bound smart home device.
由于隐私设备要求的隐私性和安全性,一般隐私设备不会被设置为可信设备,与 其他用户的电子设备进行交互,因此,上述第一设备属性和第二设备属性对于智能家居设备属性的设置可以结合起来,此时,可以仅为智能家居设备设置第三设备属性,第三设备属性的取值可以包括:隐私设备、可信设备和普通设备;其中,Due to the privacy and security required by privacy devices, general privacy devices will not be set as trusted devices to interact with other users' electronic devices. Therefore, the above-mentioned first device attribute and second device attribute are used for smart home device attributes. The settings can be combined. In this case, the third device attribute can be set only for the smart home device, and the value of the third device attribute can include: privacy device, trusted device and common device; wherein,
隐私设备用于表示智能家居设备涉及用户隐私、不授权给其他账户进行控制、且不被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法;这一类设备一般是家居环境中管理者用户认为涉及隐私或安全、不希望授权客人进行控制的智能家居设备,例如摄像头、门锁等可以属于隐私设备。Privacy devices are used to indicate that smart home devices involve user privacy, are not authorized to control other accounts, and are not triggered to execute the information processing methods in the embodiments of this application; such devices are generally considered by managers and users in the home environment to involve privacy or security. , Smart home devices that do not want to authorize guests to control, such as cameras, door locks, etc., can belong to privacy devices.
可信设备用于表示智能家居设备不涉及用户隐私、可以被授权给其他账户进行控制、且可以被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法,例如智能电视、智能音箱等。Trusted devices are used to indicate that smart home devices do not involve user privacy, can be authorized to control other accounts, and can be triggered to execute the information processing methods of the embodiments of the present application, such as smart TVs, smart speakers, and the like.
普通设备用于表示智能家居设备不涉及用户隐私、可以授权给其他账户进行控制、且不可以被触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法,例如前述的智能窗帘、智能台灯等。Common devices are used to indicate that smart home devices do not involve user privacy, can be authorized to other accounts for control, and cannot be triggered to execute the information processing methods in the embodiments of the present application, such as the aforementioned smart curtains, smart desk lamps, and the like.
服务器中可以对应设置第三设备属性这一参数,第三设备属性的参数值包括可信设备、普通设备和隐私设备,从而记录智能家居设备的第三设备属性。同样的,管理者用户可以登录管理者账户,对绑定的智能家居设备的第三设备属性进行设备。例如图7所示,与图6所示示例的区别主要在于:从服务器获取管理者账户绑定的智能家居设备的相关信息列表,可以从表4替换为下表5,表5中第三设备属性的参数值有3种,分别是:隐私设备、普通设备和可信设备。另外,在图7中如果智能家居设备具有可信设备功能,如图7中第3幅图所示,具有隐私设备、普通设备和可信设备3个选项供用户选择;如果智能家居设备不具有可信设备功能,仅具有隐私设备和普通设备2个选项可供用户选择(图7中未示出)。A parameter of the third device attribute can be correspondingly set in the server, and the parameter value of the third device attribute includes a trusted device, a common device, and a privacy device, so as to record the third device attribute of the smart home device. Similarly, the manager user can log in to the manager account, and configure the third device attribute of the bound smart home device. For example, as shown in FIG. 7, the main difference from the example shown in FIG. 6 is that the relevant information list of the smart home devices bound to the administrator account is obtained from the server, which can be replaced from Table 4 with the following table 5. The third device in Table 5 There are three types of parameter values of the attribute, namely: private device, common device and trusted device. In addition, in FIG. 7, if the smart home device has the function of trusted device, as shown in the third picture in FIG. 7, there are three options of privacy device, common device and trusted device for the user to choose; if the smart home device does not have For the trusted device function, there are only two options of privacy device and common device for the user to choose (not shown in FIG. 7 ).
智能家居设备Smart Home Devices 第三属性信息third attribute information 可信设备功能Trusted Device Features
电视television 可信设备trusted device Yes
门锁door lock 隐私设备privacy device no
窗帘curtain 普通设备Ordinary equipment no
摄像头Camera 隐私设备privacy device no
音箱speaker 可信设备trusted device Yes
表5table 5
假设用户的操作更改了一个智能家居设备的第三设备属性,分为两种情况:Assuming that the user's operation changes the third device attribute of a smart home device, there are two cases:
一种是从可信设备修改为普通设备或者隐私设备,则电子设备将智能家居设备的第三设备属性的设置结果发送至服务器,服务器将智能家居设备的第三设备属性修改为普通设备或者隐私设备,并且,服务器向该智能家居设备发送可信设备关闭消息,该消息用于指示该智能家居设备关闭可信设备功能,相应的,智能家居设备响应于可信设备关闭消息,关闭可信设备功能;One is to change from a trusted device to a common device or a privacy device, then the electronic device sends the setting result of the third device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the third device attribute of the smart home device to a common device or privacy device. device, and the server sends a trusted device shutdown message to the smart home device, where the message is used to instruct the smart home device to close the trusted device function, and accordingly, the smart home device responds to the trusted device shutdown message and closes the trusted device. Function;
另一种是从普通设备或者隐私设备修改为可信设备,则电子设备将智能家居设备的第三设备属性的设置结果发送至服务器,服务器将智能家居设备的第三设备属性修改为可信设备,并且,服务器向该智能家居设备发送可信设备开启消息,该消息用于指示该智能家居设备开启可信设备功能,相应的,智能家居设备响应于可信设备开启消息,开启可信设备功能。The other is to change from a common device or a privacy device to a trusted device, then the electronic device sends the setting result of the third device attribute of the smart home device to the server, and the server modifies the third device attribute of the smart home device to a trusted device , and the server sends a trusted device opening message to the smart home device, where the message is used to instruct the smart home device to enable the trusted device function. Correspondingly, the smart home device responds to the trusted device opening message to enable the trusted device function. .
以上是对于智能家居设备的属性设置,可选地,如果管理者账户下包括分组信息,也可以为分组信息设置属性信息,例如设置第四设备属性,分为隐私分组和普通分组,普通分组用于表示分组可以授权给管理者账户之外的账户进行控制,而隐私分组用于表示分组不能授权给管理者账户之外的账户进行控制;相应的,服务器中可以为每个分组对应设置第四设备属性这一参数,第四设备属性的参数值包括普通分组和隐私分组,从而记录为分组设置的第四设备属性;同样的,管理者用户可以登录管理者账户,对绑定的分组的第四设备属性进行设置,具体设置方法可以参数上述对于智能家居设备的属性设置,这里不赘述。The above are the attribute settings for smart home devices. Optionally, if the administrator account includes group information, attribute information can also be set for the group information, such as setting the fourth device attribute, which is divided into privacy groups and common groups. It is used to indicate that the group can be authorized to control accounts other than the administrator account, and the privacy group is used to indicate that the group cannot be authorized to control accounts other than the administrator account; For the parameter of device attribute, the parameter value of the fourth device attribute includes common group and privacy group, so as to record the fourth device attribute set for the group; Four device properties are set, and the specific setting method can be parameterized as the above-mentioned property settings for smart home devices, which will not be described here.
以下结合图8和图9对本申请实施例信息处理方法进行示例性说明。The information processing method according to the embodiment of the present application will be exemplarily described below with reference to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9 .
参见图8,以管理者账户所在电子设备之外的电子设备是手机为例,该手机可以是客人的手机、或者家庭其他成员的手机等;以可信设备是智能电视为例。Referring to FIG. 8 , the electronic device other than the electronic device where the administrator account is located is a mobile phone as an example, and the mobile phone can be a guest's mobile phone or a mobile phone of other family members; the trusted device is a smart TV as an example.
在图8的81部分,手机820与智能电视810建立数据连接,数据连接的方式本申请实施例不作限定,例如81部分的举例中手机820和智能电视810中分别设置有NFC模块,用户通过将手机820靠近智能电视810,使得手机820和智能电视810之间通过NFC模块建立数据连接;手机820使用已建立的上述数据连接向智能电视810发送第一临时账户请求消息,第一临时账户请求消息中携带手机820的标识信息,手机的标识信息用于唯一标识手机;相应的,智能电视810接收到第一临时账户请求消息。In part 81 of FIG. 8 , the mobile phone 820 establishes a data connection with the smart TV 810, and the data connection method is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The mobile phone 820 is close to the smart TV 810, so that a data connection is established between the mobile phone 820 and the smart TV 810 through the NFC module; the mobile phone 820 uses the established data connection to send a first temporary account request message to the smart TV 810, the first temporary account request message The mobile phone 820 carries the identification information of the mobile phone, and the identification information of the mobile phone is used to uniquely identify the mobile phone; correspondingly, the smart TV 810 receives the first temporary account request message.
在图8的82部分,智能电视响应于接收到的第一临时账户请求消息,生成第二临时账户请求消息,第二临时账户请求消息中携带手机的标识信息和智能电视的标识信息,将第二临时账户请求发送至服务器830;相应的,服务器830接收到第二临时账户请求消息。第二临时账户请求消息用于向服务器830请求临时账户。服务器830可以是服务器或者服务器集群,可选地,服务器830可以是云服务器。In part 82 of FIG. 8 , the smart TV generates a second temporary account request message in response to the received first temporary account request message, and the second temporary account request message carries the identification information of the mobile phone and the identification information of the smart TV, and the first temporary account request message The second temporary account request is sent to the server 830; correspondingly, the server 830 receives the second temporary account request message. The second temporary account request message is used to request the server 830 for a temporary account. The server 830 may be a server or a server cluster, and optionally, the server 830 may be a cloud server.
之后,服务器830从第二临时账户请求消息中获取智能电视的标识信息,确定智能电视的标识信息对应的设备属性为可信设备,获取智能电视的标识信息对应的目标管理者账户,生成临时账户信息,建立临时账户信息与目标管理者账户之间的对应关系,临时账户信息包括:账户名、密码、手机的标识信息,服务器830将临时账户信息发送至智能电视830。After that, the server 830 obtains the identification information of the smart TV from the second temporary account request message, determines that the device attribute corresponding to the identification information of the smart TV is a trusted device, obtains the target administrator account corresponding to the identification information of the smart TV, and generates a temporary account information, establish a corresponding relationship between the temporary account information and the target administrator account. The temporary account information includes: account name, password, and identification information of the mobile phone. The server 830 sends the temporary account information to the smart TV 830.
其中,如果智能电视的标识信息对应着一个管理者账户,可以将该管理者账户确定为目标管理者账户;如果智能电视的标识信息对应着多个管理者账户,如果多个管理者账户中具有主管理者账户,可以将主管理者账户确定为目标管理者账户,如果多个管理者账户之间不具有主次关系,可以将其中的任一个管理者账户或者预先设置的某一个管理者账户确定为目标管理者账户。Wherein, if the identification information of the smart TV corresponds to a manager account, the manager account can be determined as the target manager account; if the identification information of the smart TV corresponds to multiple manager accounts, if the multiple manager accounts have Main manager account, the main manager account can be determined as the target manager account. If there is no primary and secondary relationship between multiple manager accounts, any one of the manager accounts or a preset manager account can be used. Determined as the target administrator account.
可选地,临时账户信息具有有效时间,有效时间的具体时长本申请实施例不作限定。在一种可能的实现方式中,可以由拥有目标管理者账户的管理者预先自主设定。Optionally, the temporary account information has an effective time, and the specific time length of the effective time is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In a possible implementation manner, the administrator who owns the target administrator's account can pre-set by himself.
目标管理者账户的管理权限除了前述对于设备的添加、删除等权限外,还可以包括以下权限:删除上述临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升上述临时账户信息的控制 权限级别,延长上述临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间,等。可选地,目标管理者账户也可以创建临时账户信息,相应的,服务器可以直接获取目标管理者账户创建的临时账户信息作为为手机820生成的上述临时账户信息。The management authority of the target administrator account, in addition to the aforementioned authority for adding and deleting devices, may also include the following authority: delete the temporary control authority of the temporary account information, increase the control authority level of the temporary account information, and extend the temporary account information. The effective time of the temporary control authority, etc. Optionally, the target administrator account may also create temporary account information, and accordingly, the server may directly acquire the temporary account information created by the target administrator account as the above-mentioned temporary account information generated for the mobile phone 820 .
临时账户的临时控制权限可以包括:对于目标管理者账户下的普通设备和可信设备的开关状态的控制权限,对于目标管理者账户下的普通设备和可信设备的工作状态例如电视的声音大小、冰箱的温度、空调的制冷制热温度等的控制权限等与设备使用相关的权限。一般临时控制权限不具有对于普通设备和可信设备的添加、删除、控制权限提升等管理权限。The temporary control authority of the temporary account may include: the control authority for the switch state of the common device and the trusted device under the target administrator account, the working status of the common device and the trusted device under the target administrator account, such as the sound level of the TV , the temperature of the refrigerator, the control authority of the cooling and heating temperature of the air conditioner, etc., and the authority related to the use of the equipment. The general temporary control authority does not have the management authority to add, delete, and control authority escalation for common devices and trusted devices.
在图8的83部分,智能电视830从临时账户信息中获取手机的标识信息,将临时账户信息发送至手机的标识信息对应的手机,例如在图8中为手机820。In part 83 of FIG. 8 , the smart TV 830 obtains the identification information of the mobile phone from the temporary account information, and sends the temporary account information to the mobile phone corresponding to the identification information of the mobile phone, for example, the mobile phone 820 in FIG. 8 .
在图8的84部分,手机820接收到临时账户信息,使用账户名和密码登录,则临时账户中展示临时账户信息对应的目标管理者账户下的普通设备和可信设备。例如,如果目标管理者账户下没有分组,则临时账户中展示的智能家居设备如图9A所示,目标管理者账户下的普通设备和可信设备为电视、窗帘、台灯和音箱;如果目标管理者账户下的智能家居设备具有分组,则临时账户中展示的智能家居设备如图9B所示,临时账户中展示有目标管理者账户的每个分组、以及每个分组下的普通设备和可信设备,具体展示的分组和每个分组下的智能家居设备参见图9B,不再一一列举。In part 84 of FIG. 8 , the mobile phone 820 receives the temporary account information and logs in with the account name and password, and the temporary account displays ordinary devices and trusted devices under the target administrator account corresponding to the temporary account information. For example, if there is no group under the target manager account, the smart home devices displayed in the temporary account are shown in Figure 9A, and the common devices and trusted devices under the target manager account are TVs, curtains, desk lamps and speakers; if the target manager The smart home devices under the administrator account have groups, the smart home devices displayed in the temporary account are shown in Figure 9B, and each group of the target administrator account, as well as the common devices and trusted devices under each group are displayed in the temporary account. The devices, the specific displayed groups and the smart home devices under each group are shown in FIG. 9B , and will not be listed one by one.
基于以上描述可知,本申请实施例信息处理方法中管理者用户在自身的管理者账户下逐个用户、逐个智能家居设备的进行分享,即可使得非管理者用户获得对于智能家居设备的临时控制权,而且非管理者用户无需拥有账户,即可获得对于智能家居设备的临时控制权,不管是对于管理者用户还是非管理者用户,操作都非常简单,从而提升了管理者用户和非管理者用户的使用体验。Based on the above description, it can be seen that in the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application, the manager user can share the smart home device one by one under his own manager account, so that the non-manager user can obtain the temporary control right of the smart home device. , and non-manager users can obtain temporary control over smart home devices without having an account. The operation is very simple for both manager users and non-manager users, thus improving the management and non-manager users. user experience.
这里的非管理者用户可以是客人也可以是管理者用户的家人,不管是对于客人还是家人而言,都能够快速获得主人家中智能家居设备的临时管理权限,简化了作为主人的管理者用户进行智能家居设备临时控制权限分享的繁琐操作,而且也避免了客人或者家人因为没有账号必须注册新账号的麻烦,提高了智能家居设备的使用率。The non-manager user here can be a guest or a family member of the manager user. Whether it is a guest or a family member, they can quickly obtain the temporary management authority of the smart home devices in the host's home, which simplifies the management user as the host. The tedious operation of temporary control permission sharing of smart home devices also avoids the trouble of guests or family members having to register new accounts because they do not have an account, and improves the utilization rate of smart home devices.
图10A是本申请实施例信息处理方法另一个实施例的流程图,如图10A所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 10A is a flowchart of another embodiment of the information processing method according to the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10A , the method may include:
步骤1001:第一电子设备和第一智能家居设备之间建立数据连接。Step 1001: Establish a data connection between the first electronic device and the first smart home device.
第一电子设备是要进行其他电子设备控制的电子设备,第一智能家居设备是可以与服务器进行通信的电子设备,例如可以是上述实施例中的智能家居设备。The first electronic device is an electronic device to be controlled by other electronic devices, and the first smart home device is an electronic device that can communicate with the server, for example, the smart home device in the above embodiment.
可选地,参见图8,第一电子设备和第一智能家居设备之间可以建立基于近场通信的数据连接。从而第一电子设备的用户只需将第一电子设备靠近第一智能家居设备即可便捷的触发执行本申请实施例信息处理方法,进一步简化了第一电子设备用户的操作。Optionally, referring to FIG. 8 , a data connection based on near field communication may be established between the first electronic device and the first smart home device. Therefore, the user of the first electronic device only needs to bring the first electronic device close to the first smart home device to conveniently trigger and execute the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application, which further simplifies the operation of the user of the first electronic device.
可选地,第一电子设备和第一智能家居设备之间通过蓝牙或者WiFi等方式建立数据连接。Optionally, a data connection is established between the first electronic device and the first smart home device by means of Bluetooth or WiFi.
可选地,本步骤还可以包括:第一电子设备判断自身的可信设备的功能处于开启状态,基于建立的数据连接向第一智能家居设备发送通知消息,该通知消息用于记录第一智能家居设备具有可信设备功能。可选的,该通知消息中还可以包括第一智能家居设备可以向第一电子设备提供服务的其他功能信息,以供第一电子设备的用户选择希望第一智能家居设备提供的服务。Optionally, this step may further include: the first electronic device determines that the function of its own trusted device is in an enabled state, and sends a notification message to the first smart home device based on the established data connection, where the notification message is used to record the first smart device. Home devices have trusted device capabilities. Optionally, the notification message may further include other function information that the first smart home device can provide services to the first electronic device, so that the user of the first electronic device can select the services that the first smart home device wants to provide.
步骤1002:第一电子设备基于数据连接向第二电子设备发送第一临时账户请求消息。Step 1002: The first electronic device sends a first temporary account request message to the second electronic device based on the data connection.
第一临时账户请求消息用于请求第二智能家居设备的临时控制权限。第二智能家居设备是与目标管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中可以被临时账户控制的智能家居设备。例如前述描述中第二设备属性设置为普通设备的智能家居设备,或者,第三设备属性设置为可信设备或者普通设备的智能家居设备。The first temporary account request message is used to request the temporary control authority of the second smart home device. The second smart home device is a smart home device that can be controlled by a temporary account among the electronic devices bound with the target administrator account information. For example, in the foregoing description, the second device attribute is set to a smart home device of a common device, or, the third device attribute is set to a smart home device of a trusted device or a common device.
第二智能家居设备中可以包括第一智能家居设备,也可以不包括第一智能家居设备。例如,如果第一智能家居设备的第一设备属性是可信设备,第二设备属性是隐私设备,则第二智能家居设备是第二设备属性是普通设备的智能家居设备,其中不包括第一智能家居设备;如果第一智能家居设备的第三设备属性是可信设备,第二智能家居设备是第三设备属性是可信设备或普通设备的智能家居设备,则第二智能家居设备中包括第一智能家居设备。The second smart home device may or may not include the first smart home device. For example, if the first device attribute of the first smart home device is a trusted device and the second device attribute is a private device, then the second smart home device is a smart home device whose second device attribute is a common device, excluding the first device Smart home device; if the third device attribute of the first smart home device is a trusted device, and the second smart home device is a smart home device whose third device attribute is a trusted device or a common device, then the second smart home device includes The first smart home device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,以上的步骤1001~步骤1002可以通过以下方式实现:In a possible implementation manner, the above steps 1001 to 1002 may be implemented in the following manner:
参见图10B所示第一电子设备和第一智能家居设备之间的UI界面示例图,第一电子设备和第一智能家居设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接后,第一智能家居设备基于数据连接将自身可以提供的服务的信息发送至第一电子设备;其中,如果第一智能家居设备具有可信设备功能,第一智能家居设备判断自身的可信设备功能被开启,则上述服务可以包括:申请临时控制权限;相应的,第一电子设备接收到上述信息,展示第一智能家居设备可以提供的服务,其中包括“申请临时控制权限”的服务,用户点击展示界面中“申请临时控制权限”控件,相应的,第一电子设备检测到申请临时控制权限的操作,基于数据连接向可信设备发送第一临时账户请求消息。Referring to the example diagram of the UI interface between the first electronic device and the first smart home device shown in FIG. 10B , after the first electronic device and the first smart home device establish a data connection based on near field communication, the first smart home device based on the data The connection sends the information of the services that it can provide to the first electronic device; wherein, if the first smart home device has a trusted device function, and the first smart home device determines that its own trusted device function is enabled, the above-mentioned services may include : apply for temporary control authority; correspondingly, the first electronic device receives the above information, and displays the services that the first smart home device can provide, including the service of "apply for temporary control authority", the user clicks "apply for temporary control authority" in the display interface ” control, correspondingly, the first electronic device detects the operation of applying for temporary control authority, and sends a first temporary account request message to the trusted device based on the data connection.
步骤1003:第一智能家居设备根据第一临时账户请求消息生成第二临时账户请求消息,将第二临时账户请求消息发送给服务器。Step 1003: The first smart home device generates a second temporary account request message according to the first temporary account request message, and sends the second temporary account request message to the server.
第二临时账户请求消息中包括:第一电子设备的标识信息、可信设备的标识信息。第二临时账户请求消息用于请求第一电子设备对第二智能家居设备的临时控制权限。The second temporary account request message includes: identification information of the first electronic device and identification information of the trusted device. The second temporary account request message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the second smart home device.
可选地,如果步骤1001中第一智能家居设备未将自身具有可信设备功能的信息发送至第一电子设备,第一智能家居设备接收到第一临时账户请求消息之后,生成第二临时账户请求消息之前,还可以包括:Optionally, if in step 1001 the first smart home device does not send the information that it has a trusted device function to the first electronic device, the first smart home device generates a second temporary account after receiving the first temporary account request message. Before the request message, it can also include:
第一智能家居设备判断可信设备功能的开关状态;The first smart home device determines the switch state of the trusted device function;
如果可信设备功能被开启,执行生成第二临时账户请求消息的步骤;If the trusted device function is enabled, the step of generating a second temporary account request message is performed;
如果可信设备功能被关闭,第一智能家居设备向第一电子设备发送拒绝消息,拒绝消息用于拒绝第一电子设备对第二智能家居设备的临时控制权限的请求,流程分支结束。If the trusted device function is disabled, the first smart home device sends a rejection message to the first electronic device, where the rejection message is used to reject the first electronic device's request for temporary control authority over the second smart home device, and the flow branch ends.
步骤1004:服务器接收第二临时账户请求消息,根据第二临时账户请求消息中第一智能家居设备的标识信息获取目标管理者账户,生成目标管理者账户对应的临时账户信息。Step 1004: The server receives the second temporary account request message, obtains the target administrator account according to the identification information of the first smart home device in the second temporary account request message, and generates temporary account information corresponding to the target administrator account.
临时账户信息可以包括:账户名、密码。The temporary account information may include: account name and password.
其中,服务器可以为临时账户信息设置有效时间,有效时间的起始时刻可以是生成临时账户信息的时刻,也可以是第一电子设备使用临时账户信息首次在服务器成功登录的时刻,等等。有效时间内,临时账户信息具有对于第二智能家居设备进行控制的权限,有效时间结束后,临时账户信息对于第二智能家居设备进行控制的权限结束。可选地,服务器判断临时账户信息的有效时间到达后,可以向第一电子设备发送提示信息,以指示第一电子设备上述临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束。The server may set a valid time for the temporary account information, and the starting time of the valid time may be the moment when the temporary account information is generated, or the moment when the first electronic device successfully logs in to the server for the first time using the temporary account information, and so on. During the validity period, the temporary account information has the authority to control the second smart home device, and after the validity period expires, the temporary account information has the authority to control the second smart home equipment ends. Optionally, after judging that the validity time of the temporary account information has arrived, the server may send prompt information to the first electronic device to indicate that the temporary control authority of the temporary account information of the first electronic device ends.
其中,目标管理者账户是与第一智能家居设备绑定的一个管理者账户。如果与第一智能家居设备绑定的管理者账户仅有一个,则目标管理者账户就是该管理者账户;如果与第一智能家居设备绑定的管理者账户具有至少2个,但是其中具有主管理者账户和非主管理者账户,则目标管理者账户可以是主管理者账户;如果与第一智能家居设备绑定的管理者账户具有至少2个,但是管理者账户之间不具有主次关系,则目标管理者账户可以是预设的默认管理者账户,或者,也可以是随机选择的其中一个管理者账户等。The target administrator account is an administrator account bound to the first smart home device. If there is only one manager account bound to the first smart home device, the target manager account is the manager account; if there are at least two manager accounts bound to the first smart home device, but there are master accounts Manager account and non-primary manager account, the target manager account can be the primary manager account; if there are at least two manager accounts bound to the first smart home device, but there is no primary and secondary manager accounts between them relationship, the target administrator account may be a preset default administrator account, or may also be one of the randomly selected administrator accounts, or the like.
步骤1005:服务器向第一智能家居设备发送第一临时账户指示消息。Step 1005: The server sends a first temporary account indication message to the first smart home device.
第一临时账户指示消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的临时账户信息。The first temporary account indication message is used to indicate temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device.
第一临时账户指示消息可以包括:临时账户信息、第一电子设备的标识信息。The first temporary account indication message may include: temporary account information and identification information of the first electronic device.
步骤1006:第一智能家居设备接收第一临时账户指示消息,向第一电子设备发送第二临时账户指示消息。Step 1006: The first smart home device receives the first temporary account indication message, and sends the second temporary account indication message to the first electronic device.
其中,第二临时账户指示消息可以包括:临时账户信息。Wherein, the second temporary account indication message may include: temporary account information.
步骤1007:第一电子设备接收第二临时账户指示消息,使用消息中携带的临时账户信息进行账户登录处理。Step 1007: The first electronic device receives the second temporary account indication message, and uses the temporary account information carried in the message to perform account login processing.
其中,第一电子设备可以打开对应的app,自动进行登录,也可以将账户名和密码展示给用户,由用户打开app,使用账户名和密码进行登录。The first electronic device can open the corresponding app and log in automatically, or can display the account name and password to the user, and the user can open the app and log in using the account name and password.
第一电子设备使用账户名和密码登录的流程可以包括:第一电子设备向服务器发送登录请求消息,登录请求消息用于请求登录,登录请求消息可以包括:临时账户信息;The process of logging in by the first electronic device using the account name and password may include: the first electronic device sends a login request message to the server, where the login request message is used to request login, and the login request message may include: temporary account information;
服务器响应于登录请求消息,对登录请求消息中携带的临时账户信息进行登录验证,向第一电子设备发送登录响应消息,登录响应消息用于指示登录验证结果。In response to the login request message, the server performs login verification on the temporary account information carried in the login request message, and sends a login response message to the first electronic device, where the login response message is used to indicate the login verification result.
由于临时账户信息是服务器生成的,所以服务器对于临时账户信息的验证结果一般为验证成功。Since the temporary account information is generated by the server, the verification result of the server for the temporary account information is generally successful.
步骤1008:服务器向第一电子设备发送第一信息。Step 1008: The server sends the first information to the first electronic device.
第一信息用于记录与目标管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息。The first information is used to record the information of the electronic devices that can be controlled by the temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the account information of the target administrator.
基于前述举例,如果为智能家居设备设置的是第二设备属性,则第一信息中可以 记录有第二设备属性的取值为普通设备的智能家居设备的信息,例如设备名称、设备的标识信息、设备所处位置、设备的开关状态等。Based on the foregoing example, if the second device attribute is set for the smart home device, the first information may record information about the smart home device whose value of the second device attribute is a common device, such as device name and device identification information , the location of the device, the switch status of the device, etc.
基于前述举例,如果为智能家居设备设置的是第三设备属性,则第一信息中可以记录有第三设备属性的取值为可信设备或普通设备的智能家居设备的信息,例如设备名称、设备的标识信息、设备所处位置、设备的开关状态等。Based on the foregoing example, if the third device attribute is set for the smart home device, the first information may record information about the smart home device whose value of the third device attribute is a trusted device or a common device, such as device name, The identification information of the device, the location of the device, the switch status of the device, etc.
第一信息中还可以包括分组信息。基于前述举例,如果分组信息具有第四设备属性,则第一信息中可以记录有第四设备属性的取值为普通的分组信息、以及分组信息下的能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息。可选地,如果存在分组信息的第四设备属性的取值为隐私,而分组信息下第二设备属性的取值为普通设备、或者第三设备属性的取值为可信设备或普通设备的智能家居设备,第一信息中可以不包括上述智能家居设备。The first information may also include grouping information. Based on the foregoing example, if the grouping information has a fourth device attribute, the first information may record the value of the fourth device attribute as ordinary grouping information and information on electronic devices under the grouping information that can be controlled by the temporary account information . Optionally, if the value of the fourth device attribute of the grouping information is privacy, and the value of the second device attribute under the grouping information is an ordinary device, or the value of the third device attribute is a trusted device or an ordinary device. For smart home equipment, the first information may not include the above-mentioned smart home equipment.
步骤1009:第一电子设备展示第一信息。Step 1009: The first electronic device displays the first information.
如果第一信息不包括分组信息,展示的智能家居设备的状态展示界面如图9A所示;If the first information does not include grouping information, the displayed state display interface of the smart home device is shown in FIG. 9A ;
如果第一信息包括分组信息,可以按照分组信息展示第一信息,例如图9B所示。If the first information includes grouping information, the first information may be displayed according to the grouping information, for example, as shown in FIG. 9B .
之后,第一电子设备的拥有者可以对临时账户下展示的智能家居设备进行控制。After that, the owner of the first electronic device can control the smart home devices displayed under the temporary account.
基于以上描述可知,本申请实施例信息处理方法中管理者用户在自身的管理者账户下逐个用户、逐个智能家居设备的进行分享,即可使得非管理者用户获得对于智能家居设备的临时控制权,而且非管理者用户无需拥有账户,即可获得对于智能家居设备的临时控制权,不管是对于管理者用户还是非管理者用户,操作都非常简单,从而提升了管理者用户和非管理者用户的使用体验。Based on the above description, it can be seen that in the information processing method of the embodiment of the present application, the manager user can share the smart home device one by one under his own manager account, so that the non-manager user can obtain the temporary control right of the smart home device. , and non-manager users can obtain temporary control over smart home devices without having an account. The operation is very simple for both manager users and non-manager users, thus improving the management and non-manager users. user experience.
以上方法可以适用于酒店对酒店房间内智能家居设备的管理,使得酒店房间的客人能够快速获取到酒店房间内智能家居设备的临时使用权限,降低酒店服务人员的工作量,提升酒店服务人员和酒店客人的使用体验,增加酒店内智能家居设备的使用率,带动智能家居设备的推广。The above methods can be applied to the hotel's management of smart home devices in hotel rooms, so that guests in hotel rooms can quickly obtain the temporary permission to use smart home devices in hotel rooms, reduce the workload of hotel service personnel, and improve hotel service personnel and hotels. The use experience of guests increases the utilization rate of smart home equipment in the hotel and drives the promotion of smart home equipment.
第一电子设备使用临时账户信息登录,能够对智能家居设备进行控制后,还可以向临时账户信息对应的目标管理者账户进行使用权限的升级。延续图8所示示例,图11示出了一种可能的临时账户升级方法流程,如图11所示:The first electronic device uses the temporary account information to log in, and after being able to control the smart home device, it can also upgrade the use authority to the target administrator account corresponding to the temporary account information. Continuing the example shown in FIG. 8 , FIG. 11 shows a possible flow of the temporary account upgrade method, as shown in FIG. 11 :
在图11的111部分,第一电子设备820在临时账户的界面中向用户展示“权限升级申请”控件,用户通过手指点击等操作选中“权限升级申请”控件,相应的,第一电子设备820检测到用户关于账户权限的升级申请操作,向用户展示账户升级申请的确认界面,该确认界面用于向用户确认是否进行账户权限的升级申请。如果用户通过手指点击等操作选中确认界面中的“确定”控件,相应的,第一电子设备820检测到用户的确认操作。如果用户通过手指点击等操作选中确认界面中的“取消”控件,相应的,第一电子设备820接收到用户的取消操作(图11中未示出)。In part 111 of FIG. 11 , the first electronic device 820 displays the "Permission Upgrade Application" control to the user on the interface of the temporary account, and the user selects the "Permission Upgrade Application" control by clicking with a finger or the like. Correspondingly, the first electronic device 820 The user's application for upgrading the account authority is detected, and the confirmation interface of the account upgrading application is displayed to the user, and the confirmation interface is used to confirm to the user whether to apply for the upgrading of the account authority. If the user selects the "OK" control in the confirmation interface through operations such as finger clicking, correspondingly, the first electronic device 820 detects the confirmation operation of the user. If the user selects the "Cancel" control in the confirmation interface through operations such as finger clicks, correspondingly, the first electronic device 820 receives the user's cancel operation (not shown in FIG. 11 ).
在图11的112部分,第一电子设备820检测到用户的确认操作,向服务器830发送第一权限升级请求消息,第一权限升级请求消息用于请求升级临时账户的权限, 第一权限升级请求消息中可以包括但不限于:临时账户的账户名XXX001。In part 112 of FIG. 11, the first electronic device 820 detects the user's confirmation operation, and sends a first permission upgrade request message to the server 830. The first permission upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the permission of the temporary account. The first permission upgrade request The message may include, but is not limited to, the account name XXX001 of the temporary account.
服务器830接收到第一权限升级请求消息,从第一权限升级请求消息中获取临时账户的账户名,查找到账户名对应的目标管理者账户,向目标管理者账户所在的目标电子设备840发送第二权限升级请求消息。第二权限升级请求消息用于请求升级临时账户的权限,第二权限升级请求消息中可以包括但不限于:临时账户的账户名XXX001。The server 830 receives the first permission upgrade request message, obtains the account name of the temporary account from the first permission upgrade request message, finds the target manager account corresponding to the account name, and sends the first request to the target electronic device 840 where the target manager account is located. 2. Privilege escalation request message. The second authority upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the temporary account, and the second authority upgrade request message may include but is not limited to: the account name XXX001 of the temporary account.
在图11的113部分,目标电子设备840向用户展示“消息”控件,管理者用户通过手指点击等操作选择“消息”控件,相应的,目标电子设备840接收到用户的消息查看操作,根据第二权限升级请求消息向用户展示临时账户XXX001进行权限升级的申请信息,并展示“确定”和“取消”控件;管理者用户通过手指点击等操作选择“确定”控件,相应的,目标电子设备840接收到用户针对于权限升级的确认操作,向用户展示权限级别设置界面,界面中列出临时账户XXX001可以被设置的权限级别,例如图11中列出了级别1、级别2、级别3,在实际应用中,不同级别可以对应不同的权限,例如,相对于临时账户具有一个有效时长,级别1的账户的有效时长为一直有效,级别2的账户相对于级别1的账户,可以控制的设备从普通设备和可信设备增加至所有设备,级别3的账户是管理者账户,不仅可以控制所有设备,还可以修改设备配置等等;管理者用户通过手指点击等操作选择对应的控件例如图11中为“级别2”控件,相应的,目标电子设备840接收到用户的级别设置操作,接收到该操作指示的权限级别。In part 113 of FIG. 11 , the target electronic device 840 displays the "message" control to the user, and the administrator user selects the "message" control by clicking with a finger. Correspondingly, the target electronic device 840 receives the user's message viewing operation, according to the first The second permission upgrade request message shows the user the application information of the temporary account XXX001 for permission upgrade, and displays the "OK" and "Cancel" controls; the administrator user selects the "OK" control by clicking with a finger, and correspondingly, the target electronic device 840 After receiving the user's confirmation operation for permission upgrade, the user is shown the permission level setting interface, which lists the permission levels that can be set for the temporary account XXX001. For example, level 1, level 2, and level 3 are listed in Figure 11. In practical applications, different levels can correspond to different permissions. For example, relative to a temporary account, it has a valid duration. The validity duration of an account at level 1 is always valid. Compared with an account at level 1, the device that can be controlled by a level 2 account is from Common devices and trusted devices are added to all devices, and the level 3 account is the administrator account, which can not only control all devices, but also modify device configurations, etc.; administrator users can select the corresponding controls by clicking with their fingers, for example, as shown in Figure 11 For the "level 2" control, correspondingly, the target electronic device 840 receives the user's level setting operation, and receives the permission level indicated by the operation.
在图11的114部分,目标电子设备840生成第一权限升级响应消息;第一权限升级响应消息用于指示权限升级结果,第一权限升级响应消息可以包括但不限于:临时账户的权限升级结果例如上述的权限级别;目标电子设备840将第一权限升级响应消息发送给服务器830;服务器830根据权限升级结果修改临时账户信息的权限级别,服务器830向第一电子设备820发送第二权限升级响应消息;第二权限升级响应消息用于指示权限升级结果,第二权限升级响应消息可以包括但不限于:临时账户的权限升级结果例如上述的权限级别;第一电子设备820向用户展示临时账户的权限升级结果(图11中未示出)。In part 114 of FIG. 11 , the target electronic device 840 generates a first permission escalation response message; the first permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result, and the first permission escalation response message may include, but is not limited to: the permission escalation result of the temporary account For example, the above-mentioned permission level; the target electronic device 840 sends the first permission escalation response message to the server 830; the server 830 modifies the permission level of the temporary account information according to the permission escalation result, and the server 830 sends the second permission escalation response to the first electronic device 820 message; the second permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result, and the second permission escalation response message may include but is not limited to: the permission escalation result of the temporary account, such as the above-mentioned permission level; the first electronic device 820 displays the temporary account's Privilege Escalation Results (not shown in Figure 11).
图12是本申请实施例信息处理方法中账户升级流程示意图,如图12所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an account upgrade process in an information processing method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method may include:
步骤1201:第一电子设备检测到账号升级申请操作,向服务器发送第一权限升级请求消息,第一权限升级请求消息用于请求提升临时账户的权限,第一权限升级请求消息可以包括:临时账户信息。Step 1201: The first electronic device detects an account upgrade application operation, and sends a first authority upgrade request message to the server, where the first authority upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the temporary account, and the first authority upgrade request message may include: the temporary account information.
步骤1202:服务器接收到第一权限升级请求消息,查找到临时账户信息对应的目标管理者账户,向目标电子设备发送第二权限升级请求消息。第二权限升级请求消息用于请求提升临时账户的权限;第二权限升级请求消息可以包括:临时账户信息。Step 1202: The server receives the first authority upgrade request message, finds the target administrator account corresponding to the temporary account information, and sends the second authority upgrade request message to the target electronic device. The second authority upgrade request message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the temporary account; the second authority upgrade request message may include: temporary account information.
目标电子设备是目标管理者账户所在的电子设备。The target electronic device is the electronic device where the target administrator account is located.
步骤1203:目标电子设备接收第二权限升级请求消息,进行临时账户升级请求提示。Step 1203: The target electronic device receives the second permission upgrade request message, and prompts the temporary account upgrade request.
其中,目标电子设备进行临时账户升级提示的显示界面例如图11中113部分所示,这里不赘述。The display interface for the temporary account upgrade prompt by the target electronic device is shown in part 113 in FIG. 11, for example, and will not be repeated here.
步骤1204:目标电子设备检测到用户针对于临时账户升级请求提示的设置操作,设置操作用于设置临时账户的权限升级结果,生成第一权限升级响应消息。第一权限升级响应消息用于指示权限升级结果;第一权限升级响应消息可以包括:临时账户的权限升级结果。Step 1204: The target electronic device detects the user's setting operation for the temporary account upgrade request prompt, the setting operation is used to set the authority upgrade result of the temporary account, and generates a first authority upgrade response message. The first permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result; the first permission escalation response message may include: the permission escalation result of the temporary account.
步骤1205:目标电子设备向服务器发送第一权限升级响应消息。Step 1205: The target electronic device sends a first permission upgrade response message to the server.
步骤1206:服务器接收第一权限升级响应消息,根据第一权限升级响应消息中的权限升级结果判断是否对临时账户进行升级;如果是,执行步骤1208;如果否,执行步骤1207。Step 1206: The server receives the first authority upgrade response message, and judges whether to upgrade the temporary account according to the authority upgrade result in the first authority upgrade response message; if yes, go to step 1208; if not, go to step 1207.
步骤1207:服务器向第一电子设备发送第二权限升级响应消息;第二权限升级响应消息用于指示权限升级结果,第二权限升级响应消息可以包括:临时账户的权限升级结果;执行步骤1209。Step 1207 : the server sends a second permission escalation response message to the first electronic device; the second permission escalation response message is used to indicate the permission escalation result, and the second permission escalation response message may include: the permission escalation result of the temporary account; go to step 1209 .
步骤1208:服务器根据权限升级结果修改临时账户对应的权限级别,并且,向第一电子设备发送第二权限升级响应消息;执行步骤1209。Step 1208 : the server modifies the authority level corresponding to the temporary account according to the authority upgrade result, and sends a second authority upgrade response message to the first electronic device; step 1209 is executed.
步骤1209:第一电子设备接收第二权限升级响应消息,展示权限升级结果。Step 1209: The first electronic device receives the second permission upgrade response message, and displays the result of the permission upgrade.
通过以上方法,便捷的实现了临时账户信息的权限升级,对于管理者用户的家人或者而言,可以便捷的获取到智能家居设备的临时控制权限,进而通过权限升级便捷的获得管理者账户,拥有家中智能家居设备的控制权限。Through the above method, the authority upgrade of the temporary account information is conveniently realized. For the family member of the administrator user, the temporary control authority of the smart home device can be easily obtained, and then the administrator account can be easily obtained through the authority upgrade. Control permissions for smart home devices in the home.
区别于图10所示的方法,服务器也可以不为第一电子设备分配临时账户信息,而是在步骤1004中建立第一电子设备的标识信息与目标管理者账户之间的对应关系,为第一电子设备的标识信息分配临时控制权限,也即是使用第一电子设备的标识信息来替代第一临时账户信息,作为第一电子设备登录服务器,进行智能家居设备控制的标识信息;此时的具体实现可以参考图10所示的方法,这里不赘述。同样的,图12所示的方法中,也可以将第一临时账户信息替换为第一电子设备的标识信息进行临时控制权限的升级。Different from the method shown in FIG. 10 , the server may not assign temporary account information to the first electronic device, but establish a corresponding relationship between the identification information of the first electronic device and the target administrator account in step 1004, which is the first electronic device. The identification information of an electronic device assigns temporary control authority, that is, the identification information of the first electronic device is used to replace the first temporary account information, and is used as the identification information of the first electronic device to log in to the server to control the smart home device; For specific implementation, reference may be made to the method shown in FIG. 10 , which is not repeated here. Similarly, in the method shown in FIG. 12 , the first temporary account information can also be replaced with the identification information of the first electronic device to upgrade the temporary control authority.
区别于图10所示的方法,如果第一电子设备所属用户已经具有登录服务器的账户信息,以下称为第一账户信息,则可以在步骤1002的第一临时账户请求消息和步骤1003的第二临时账户请求消息中携带第一账户信息,相应的,步骤1004中服务器无需另外为第一电子设备分配临时账户信息,直接将第一账户信息设置为目标管理者账户的临时账户,步骤1005和步骤1006中发送的消息中仅携带确认信息,以指示第一账户信息已经被授予临时控制权限即可。同样的,图12所示的方法中,也可以将第一账户信息替换为第一电子设备的标识信息进行临时控制权限的升级。Different from the method shown in FIG. 10 , if the user to which the first electronic device belongs already has account information for logging into the server, hereinafter referred to as the first account information, the first temporary account request message in step 1002 and the second account in step 1003 The temporary account request message carries the first account information. Correspondingly, in step 1004, the server does not need to additionally allocate temporary account information to the first electronic device, and directly sets the first account information as the temporary account of the target administrator account, steps 1005 and 1005 The message sent in 1006 only carries confirmation information to indicate that the first account information has been granted the temporary control authority. Similarly, in the method shown in FIG. 12 , the first account information can also be replaced with the identification information of the first electronic device to upgrade the temporary control authority.
基于以上处理,非管理者用户可以将临时控制权限进行升级,从而获得更多的控制权限,Based on the above processing, non-administrator users can upgrade temporary control rights to obtain more control rights.
以上实施例中,以可信设备是智能家居设备、第一电子设备控制智能家居设备为例,上述的智能家居设备可以扩展至可以与其他电子设备进行通信、能够被其他电子 设备控制的电子设备,具体实现可以参考上述实施例,这里不赘述。In the above embodiment, taking the trusted device as a smart home device and the first electronic device controlling the smart home device as an example, the above-mentioned smart home device can be extended to electronic devices that can communicate with other electronic devices and can be controlled by other electronic devices , the specific implementation may refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,上述实施例中的部分或全部步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照上述实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行上述实施例中的全部操作。It can be understood that, some or all of the steps or operations in the foregoing embodiments are only examples, and other operations or variations of various operations may also be performed in the embodiments of the present application. Furthermore, the various steps may be performed in a different order presented in the above-described embodiments, and it is possible that not all operations in the above-described embodiments are performed.
图13为本申请信息处理装置一个实施例的结构示意图,如图13所示,该装置1300可以包括:FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13 , the apparatus 1300 may include:
接收单元1310,用于接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;a receiving unit 1310, configured to receive a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device;
发送单元1320,用于响应于第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;a sending unit 1320, configured to send a second message to the first server in response to the first message, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
接收单元1310还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第三消息,第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息,第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限,第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;The receiving unit 1310 may also be configured to: receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device, and the first temporary account information is the first administrator account information Temporary account information; the first administrator account information is administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has management authority over the third electronic device, and the first temporary account information has Temporary control of the device;
发送单元1320还可以用于:响应于第三消息,向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息。The sending unit 1320 may also be configured to: in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information.
可选地,该装置1300还可以包括:Optionally, the apparatus 1300 may further include:
连接建立单元1330,用于与第一电子设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接;a connection establishing unit 1330, configured to establish a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device;
接收单元1310具体可以用于:通过建立的数据连接接收第一消息;The receiving unit 1310 may be specifically configured to: receive the first message through the established data connection;
发送单元1320具体可以用于:通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第四消息。The sending unit 1320 may be specifically configured to: send the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
可选地,该装置1300还可以包括:确定单元,用于确定第一功能被开启,第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。Optionally, the apparatus 1300 may further include: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first function is enabled, where the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
可选地,发送单元1320还可以用于:响应于第一消息,确定第一功能被关闭,向第一电子设备发送第五消息,第五消息用于拒绝第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限的请求。Optionally, the sending unit 1320 may be further configured to: in response to the first message, determine that the first function is disabled, and send a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to refuse the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
可选地,发送单元1320还可以用于:通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第六消息,第六消息用于记录第二电子设备具有第一功能,第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。Optionally, the sending unit 1320 can also be used to: send a sixth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has the first function, and the first function is to transmit the temporary control authority function.
可选地,接收单元1310还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第七消息,第七消息用于指示第一功能的开关状态;按照第七消息指示的开关状态修改第一功能的开关状态。Optionally, the receiving unit 1310 may be further configured to: receive a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modify the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
可选地,还可以包括:第一消息、第二消息、以及第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,第一标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,第二消息中包括:第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第七消息中包括:用于记录第一功能的开关状态的信息。Optionally, it may further include: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information It includes: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: information for recording the switch state of the first function.
图14为本申请信息处理装置一个实施例的结构示意图,如图14所示,该装置1400 可以包括:FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the apparatus 1400 may include:
发送单元1410,用于向第二电子设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;a sending unit 1410, configured to send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device;
接收单元1420,用于接收第二电子设备发送的第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息;第四消息在第二电子设备向第一服务器发送第二消息、接收到第一服务器发送的第三消息后发送;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息;第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限,第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限。The receiving unit 1420 is configured to receive a fourth message sent by the second electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the fourth message sends the second message to the first server on the second electronic device and receives the first Sent after the third message sent by the server; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; the first The temporary account information is the temporary account information of the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device , the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device.
可选地,接收单元1420还可以用于:使用第一临时账户信息登录成功后,接收第一服务器发送的第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第三电子设备是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被第一临时账户信息控制的电子设备;Optionally, the receiving unit 1420 may also be configured to: after successful login using the first temporary account information, receive the first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the third electronic device is An electronic device that can be controlled by the first temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the first administrator account information;
还包括:展示单元1430,用于展示第一信息。It also includes: a display unit 1430, configured to display the first information.
可选地,第一信息中还包括:分组信息,分组信息用于记录第三电子设备所在的家居环境;展示单元具体可以用于:按照分组信息展示第一信息。Optionally, the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; the display unit may be specifically configured to: display the first information according to the grouping information.
可选地,接收单元1420还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束,第十二消息在第一服务器确定第一临时账户信息的使用时间达到预设阈值时发送;Optionally, the receiving unit 1420 may also be configured to: receive a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information ends, and the twelfth message is determined by the first server. Sent when the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold;
展示单元1430还可以用于:结束对于第一信息的展示。The presentation unit 1430 may also be used to: end the presentation of the first information.
可选地,发送单元1410还可以用于:检测到第一操作,第一操作用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限,向第一服务器发送第八消息,第八消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限;第八消息用于使得第一服务器向第四电子设备发送第九消息、第四电子设备展示第一临时账户信息的权限升级请求信息,第九消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限。Optionally, the sending unit 1410 may be further configured to: detect a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information, and send an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information. The authority of the temporary account information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the first temporary account information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information. Permissions for a temporary account information.
可选地,接收单元1420还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;第十一消息在第一服务器接收到第四电子设备发送的第十消息后发送,第十消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;Optionally, the receiving unit 1420 may be further configured to: receive an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information; the eleventh message is received by the first server Sent after the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information;
展示单元1430还可以用于:展示第十一消息指示的权限升级结果。The presenting unit 1430 may also be used to: present the authority upgrade result indicated by the eleventh message.
可选地,权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,接收单元1420还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第二信息,第二信息用于记录与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息;Optionally, if the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, the receiving unit 1420 may also be configured to: receive second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the electronic data bound to the first administrator account information. equipment information;
展示单元1430还可以用于:展示第二信息。The display unit 1430 may also be used to: display the second information.
可选地,还可以包括:连接建立单元1440,用于与第二电子设备建立基于进场通信的数据连接;Optionally, it may further include: a connection establishing unit 1440, configured to establish a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device;
发送单元1410具体可以用于:通过建立的数据连接发送第一消息;The sending unit 1410 may be specifically configured to: send the first message through the established data connection;
接收单元1420具体可以用于:通过建立的数据连接接收第四消息。The receiving unit 1420 may be specifically configured to: receive the fourth message through the established data connection.
可选地,还可以包括:第一消息、第二消息、以及第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,第一标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第一临时账户信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息。Optionally, it may further include: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information Including: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or, the tenth message The message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
图15为本申请信息处理装置一个实施例的结构示意图,如图15所示,该装置1500可以包括:FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 15 , the apparatus 1500 may include:
接收单元1510,用于接收第二电子设备发送的第二消息,第二消息在第二电子设备接收到第一电子设备发送的第一消息后发送;用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;The receiving unit 1510 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second electronic device, and the second message is sent after the second electronic device receives the first message sent by the first electronic device; used to request temporary control of the third electronic device authority; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
发送单元1520,用于响应于第二消息,向第二电子设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于指示为第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息;第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第三消息还用于使得第二电子设备向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限,第一临时账户信息具有对第三电子设备的临时控制权限。The sending unit 1520 is configured to send a third message to the second electronic device in response to the second message, where the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; the first temporary account information is the first management The first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the third message is also used to cause the second electronic device to send a fourth message to the first electronic device, the first The fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the first administrator account information has management authority over the third electronic device, and the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device.
可选地,发送单元1520还可以用于:对第一电子设备发送的第一临时账户信息进行登录验证成功后,向第一电子设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第一信息还用于使得第一电子设备展示第一信息。Optionally, the sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: after successful login verification on the first temporary account information sent by the first electronic device, send first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to make the first electronic device display the first information.
可选地,发送单元1520还可以用于:确定第一临时账户信息的使用时间达到预设阈值,向第一电子设备发送第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束。Optionally, the sending unit 1520 may be further configured to: determine that the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold, and send a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate the use time of the first temporary account information. Temporary control authority ends.
可选地,接收单元1510还可以用于:接收第四电子设备发送的第十三消息,第十三消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;第十三消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第二操作、确定第二操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态进行设置;Optionally, the receiving unit 1510 may also be configured to: receive a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device status is set;
还包括:记录单元1530,用于按照第十三消息指示的开关状态记录第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;Further includes: a recording unit 1530, configured to record the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message;
发送单元1520还可以用于:向第二电子设备发送第七消息,第七消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态。The sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: send a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
可选地,接收单元1510还可以用于:接收第四电子设备发送的第十四消息,第十四消息用于指示第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制;第十四消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第三操作、确定第三操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制进行设置;Optionally, the receiving unit 1510 may also be configured to: receive a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information control to set;
记录单元1530还可以用于:根据第十三消息记录第三电子设备是否能够被临时 账户信息控制。The recording unit 1530 may also be configured to: record whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information according to the thirteenth message.
可选地,发送单元1520具体可以用于:从与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息中查找能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息,得到第一信息;向第一电子设备发送第一信息。Optionally, the sending unit 1520 can be specifically configured to: search the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, and obtain the first information; The device sends the first information.
可选地,接收单元1510还可以用于:接收第一电子设备发送的第八消息,第八消息在第一电子设备检测到第一操作后发送;第一操作用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限,第八消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限;Optionally, the receiving unit 1510 may also be configured to: receive an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information authority, the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information;
发送单元1520还可以用于:响应于第八消息,向第四电子设备发送第九消息,第九消息用于请求提升第一临时账户信息的权限;第九消息还用于使得第四电子设备展示第一临时账户信息的权限升级请求信息。The sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: in response to the eighth message, send a ninth message to the fourth electronic device, where the ninth message is used to request to increase the authority of the first temporary account information; the ninth message is further used to make the fourth electronic device Display the permission upgrade request information of the first temporary account information.
可选地,接收单元1510还可以用于:接收第四电子设备发送的第十消息,第十消息在第四电子设备检测到第四操作后发送;第四操作用于设置第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果,第十消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;Optionally, the receiving unit 1510 can also be used to: receive the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, and the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; the fourth operation is used to set the first temporary account information , the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the first temporary account information;
发送单元1520还可以用于:响应于第十消息,按照第十消息指示的权限升级结果修改第一临时账户信息的权限级别,向第一电子设备发送第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果。The sending unit 1520 may also be configured to: in response to the tenth message, modify the permission level of the first temporary account information according to the permission escalation result indicated by the tenth message, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used for Indicates the privilege escalation result of the first temporary account information.
可选地,权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,发送单元1520还可以用于:向第一电子设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于记录于第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息。Optionally, if the result of the authority upgrade is to upgrade to the administrator account information, the sending unit 1520 may also be used to: send the second information to the first electronic device, and the second information is used for recording in the electronic device bound with the first administrator account information. device information.
可选地,还可以包括:第一消息、第二消息、以及第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,第一标识信息是第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第一临时账户信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第一临时账户信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息。Optionally, it may further include: the first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or, the first temporary account information Including: temporary account name and password; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or, the tenth message The message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the authority escalation result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
图16为本申请信息处理装置一个实施例的结构示意图,如图16所示,该装置1600可以包括:FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 16 , the apparatus 1600 may include:
接收单元1610,用于接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;The receiving unit 1610 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device;
发送单元1620,用于响应于第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息包括第二标识信息;a sending unit 1620, configured to send a second message to the first server in response to the first message, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; the second message includes second identification information;
接收单元1610,还用于接收第一服务器发送的第三消息,第三消息用于发送确认信息,确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了与第一管理者账户信息绑定的第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限;The receiving unit 1610 is further configured to receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated a third message bound with the first administrator account information. Three temporary control authority of the electronic device; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device;
发送单元1620,还用于响应于第三消息,向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息。The sending unit 1620 is further configured to send a fourth message to the first electronic device in response to the third message, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
可选地,还可以包括:Optionally, it can also include:
连接建立单元1630,用于与第一电子设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接;a connection establishing unit 1630, configured to establish a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device;
接收单元1610具体可以用于:通过建立的数据连接接收第一消息;The receiving unit 1610 may be specifically configured to: receive the first message through the established data connection;
发送单元1620具体可以用于:通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第四消息。The sending unit 1620 may be specifically configured to: send the fourth message to the first electronic device through the established data connection.
可选地,还可以包括:确定单元,用于确定第一功能被开启,第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。Optionally, it may further include: a determining unit, configured to determine that the first function is enabled, where the first function is a function of transmitting temporary control authority.
可选地,发送单元1620还可以用于:响应于第一消息,确定第一功能被关闭,向第一电子设备发送第五消息,第五消息用于拒绝第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限的请求。Optionally, the sending unit 1620 may be further configured to: in response to the first message, determine that the first function is disabled, and send a fifth message to the first electronic device, where the fifth message is used to refuse the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
可选地,发送单元1620还可以用于:Optionally, the sending unit 1620 can also be used to:
通过建立的数据连接向第一电子设备发送第六消息,第六消息用于记录第二电子设备具有第一功能。A sixth message is sent to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has the first function.
可选地,接收单元1610还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第七消息,第七消息用于指示第一功能的开关状态;按照第七消息指示的开关状态修改第一功能的开关状态。Optionally, the receiving unit 1610 may be further configured to: receive a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function; and modify the switch state of the first function according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message .
可选地,还可以包括:第二标识信息包括:第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,第三消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第二消息中包括:第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第七消息中包括:用于记录第一功能的开关状态的信息。Optionally, it may further include: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, the third message includes the first Two identification information; and/or, the second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the seventh message includes: information for recording the switch state of the first function.
图17为本申请信息处理装置一个实施例的结构示意图,如图17所示,该装置1700可以包括:FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 17 , the apparatus 1700 may include:
发送单元1710,用于向第二电子设备发送第一消息,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;The sending unit 1710 is configured to send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first an electronic device;
接收单元1720,用于接收第二电子设备发送的第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息;确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了与第一管理者账户信息绑定的第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第四消息在第二电子设备向第一服务器发送第二消息、接收到第一服务器发送的第三消息后发送;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第三消息用于发送确认信息;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息,第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限。The receiving unit 1720 is configured to receive a fourth message sent by the second electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information; the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated the first administrator account information bound with the first administrator account information. The temporary control authority of the third electronic device; the fourth message is sent after the second electronic device sends the second message to the first server and receives the third message sent by the first server; the second message is used to request the first electronic device to The temporary control authority of the third electronic device; the third message is used to send confirmation information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound to the second electronic device, and the first administrator account information has the information of the third electronic device. Administrative rights.
可选地,接收单元1720还可以用于:使用第二标识信息登录成功后,接收第一服务器发送的第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第三电子设备是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被第二标识信息控制的电子设备;Optionally, the receiving unit 1720 may also be configured to: after successful login using the second identification information, receive the first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; An electronic device that can be controlled by the second identification information among the electronic devices bound with the account information of the first administrator;
还可以包括:展示单元1730,用于展示第一信息。It may further include: a display unit 1730, configured to display the first information.
可选地,第一信息中还包括:分组信息,分组信息用于记录第三电子设备所在的家居环境;展示单元1730具体可以用于:按照分组信息展示第一信息。Optionally, the first information further includes: grouping information, where the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located; the display unit 1730 may be specifically configured to: display the first information according to the grouping information.
可选地,接收单元1720还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第二标识信息的临时控制权限结束,第十二消息在第一服务器确定第二标识信息的使用时间达到预设阈值时发送;Optionally, the receiving unit 1720 may also be configured to: receive a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the second identification information ends, and the twelfth message determines when the first server determines the 2. Sent when the usage time of the identification information reaches the preset threshold;
展示单元1730还可以用于:结束对于第一信息的展示。The presentation unit 1730 may also be used to: end the presentation of the first information.
可选地,发送单元1710还可以用于:检测到第一操作,第一操作用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限,向第一服务器发送第八消息,第八消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限;第八消息用于使得第一服务器向第四电子设备发送第九消息、第四电子设备展示第二标识信息的权限升级请求信息,第九消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限。Optionally, the sending unit 1710 may be further configured to: detect a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to upgrade the authority of the second identification information, and send an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information The authority of the identification information; the eighth message is used to make the first server send the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the fourth electronic device displays the authority upgrade request information of the second identification information, and the ninth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information permission.
可选地,接收单元1720还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果;第十一消息在第一服务器接收到第四电子设备发送的第十消息后发送,第十消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果;Optionally, the receiving unit 1720 may be further configured to: receive an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the second identification information; 4. Send after the tenth message sent by the electronic device, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the second identification information;
展示单元1730还可以用于:展示第十一消息指示的权限升级结果。The presenting unit 1730 may also be used to: present the authority upgrade result indicated by the eleventh message.
可选地,接收单元1720还可以用于:接收第一服务器发送的第二信息,第二信息用于记录与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息;Optionally, the receiving unit 1720 may be further configured to: receive second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account information;
展示单元1730还可以用于:展示第二信息。The display unit 1730 may also be used to: display the second information.
可选地,还可以包括:连接建立单元1740,用于与第二电子设备建立基于进场通信的数据连接;Optionally, it may further include: a connection establishing unit 1740, configured to establish a data connection based on on-site communication with the second electronic device;
发送单元1710还可以用于:通过建立的数据连接发送第一消息;The sending unit 1710 may also be configured to: send the first message through the established data connection;
接收单元1720还可以用于:通过建立的数据连接接收第四消息。The receiving unit 1720 may also be configured to: receive the fourth message through the established data connection.
可选地,还可以包括:第二标识信息包括:第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,第三消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息。Optionally, it may further include: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, the third message includes the first Second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message The message includes: the second identification information and the authority upgrade result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
图18为本申请信息处理装置一个实施例的结构示意图,如图18所示,该装置1800可以包括:FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an embodiment of an information processing apparatus of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18 , the apparatus 1800 may include:
接收单元1810,用于接收第二电子设备发送的第二消息,第二消息在第二电子设备接收到第一电子设备发送的第一消息后发送,第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第二消息用于请求第一电子设备对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一消息和第二消息均包括:第二标识信息;第二标识信息用于标识第一电子设备;The receiving unit 1810 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second electronic device, the second message is sent after the second electronic device receives the first message sent by the first electronic device, and the first message is used to request the third electronic device The second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; both the first message and the second message include: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device equipment;
发送单元1820,用于响应于第二消息,向第二电子设备发送第三消息,第三消息用于发送确认信息,确认信息用于表示已经为第二标识信息分配了与第一管理者账户信息绑定的第三电子设备的临时控制权限;第一管理者账户信息是与第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;第一管理者账户信息具有对第三电子设备的管理权限;第三消息还用于使得第二电子设备向第一电子设备发送第四消息,第四消息用于发送确认信息。The sending unit 1820 is configured to send a third message to the second electronic device in response to the second message, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been allocated with the first administrator account the temporary control authority of the third electronic device to which the information is bound; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device; the third The three messages are further used to cause the second electronic device to send a fourth message to the first electronic device, and the fourth message is used to send confirmation information.
可选地,发送单元1820还可以用于:对第一电子设备发送的第二标识信息进行登录验证成功后,向第一电子设备发送第一信息,第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;第一信息还用于使得第一电子设备展示第一信息。Optionally, the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: after successful login verification on the second identification information sent by the first electronic device, send first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the third electronic device information; the first information is further used to cause the first electronic device to display the first information.
可选地,发送单元1820还可以用于:确定第二标识信息的使用时间达到预设阈值,向第一电子设备发送第十二消息,第十二消息用于指示第二标识信息的临时控制权限结束。Optionally, the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: determine that the usage time of the second identification information reaches a preset threshold, and send a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate temporary control of the second identification information Permission ends.
可选地,接收单元1810还可以用于:接收第四电子设备发送的第十三消息,第十三消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;第十三消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第二操作、确定第二操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态进行设置;Optionally, the receiving unit 1810 may be further configured to: receive a thirteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the second operation, determines the setting result of the second operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to switch the first function of the second electronic device status is set;
还可以包括:记录单元1830,用于按照第十三消息指示的开关状态记录第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;It may further include: a recording unit 1830, configured to record the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message;
发送单元1820还可以用于:向第二电子设备发送第七消息,第七消息用于指示第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态。The sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: send a seventh message to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
可选地,接收单元1810还可以用于:接收第四电子设备发送的第十四消息,第十四消息用于指示第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制;第十四消息在第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第三操作、确定第三操作指示的设置结果后发送;第二操作用于对第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制进行设置;Optionally, the receiving unit 1810 may be further configured to: receive a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is in the fourth The electronic device displays the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, detects the third operation, determines the setting result of the third operation instruction, and sends it; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can be used by the temporary account information control to set;
记录单元1830还可以用于:根据第十三消息记录第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制。The recording unit 1830 may also be configured to: record whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information according to the thirteenth message.
可选地,发送单元1820还可以用于:从与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息中查找能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息,得到第一信息;向第一电子设备发送第一信息。Optionally, the sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: search for information on electronic devices that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic devices bound to the first administrator account information, to obtain the first information; The device sends the first information.
可选地,接收单元1810还可以用于:接收第一电子设备发送的第八消息,第八消息在第一电子设备检测到第一操作后发送;第一操作用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限,第八消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限;Optionally, the receiving unit 1810 may also be configured to: receive an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects the first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the second identification information The authority of the eighth message is used to request to enhance the authority of the second identification information;
发送单元1820还可以用于:响应于第八消息,向第四电子设备发送第九消息,第九消息用于请求提升第二标识信息的权限;第九消息还用于使得第四电子设备展示第二标识信息的权限升级请求信息。The sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: in response to the eighth message, send a ninth message to the fourth electronic device, where the ninth message is used to request to increase the authority of the second identification information; the ninth message is further used to make the fourth electronic device display The permission upgrade request information of the second identification information.
可选地,接收单元1810还可以用于:接收第四电子设备发送的第十消息,第十消息在第四电子设备检测到第四操作后发送;第四操作用于设置第二标识信息的权限升级结果,第十消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果;Optionally, the receiving unit 1810 can also be used to: receive the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, and the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects the fourth operation; the fourth operation is used to set the second identification information. the authority escalation result, the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information;
发送单元1820还可以用于:响应于第十消息,按照第十消息指示的权限升级结果修改第二标识信息的权限级别,向第一电子设备发送第十一消息,第十一消息用于指示第二标识信息的权限升级结果。The sending unit 1820 may also be configured to: in response to the tenth message, modify the permission level of the second identification information according to the permission escalation result indicated by the tenth message, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, where the eleventh message is used to indicate The authority upgrade result of the second identification information.
可选地,发送单元1820还可以用于:向第一电子设备发送第二信息,第二信息用于记录与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息。Optionally, the sending unit 1820 may be further configured to: send second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record the information of the electronic device bound with the first administrator account information.
可选地,还可以包括:第二标识信息包括:第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,第三消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第二消息中包括第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,第八消息和第九消息中包括第二标识信息;和/或,第十消息和第十一消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,第十二消息中包括:第二标识信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息。Optionally, it may further include: the second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name and password; and/or, the third message includes the first Second identification information; and/or, the second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or, the eighth message and the ninth message include the second identification information; and/or, the tenth message and the eleventh message The message includes: the second identification information and the authority upgrade result; and/or the twelfth message includes: the second identification information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority.
图13~图18所示实施例提供的装置可用于执行本申请图3~图12所示方法实施例的技术方案,其实现原理和技术效果可以进一步参考方法实施例中的相关描述。The apparatuses provided by the embodiments shown in FIGS. 13 to 18 can be used to implement the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 of the present application, and the implementation principles and technical effects may further refer to the relevant descriptions in the method embodiments.
应理解以上图13~图18所示装置的各个单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元通过硬件的形式实现。例如,获取单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在电子设备的某一个芯片中实现。其它单元的实现与之类似。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。It should be understood that the division of each unit of the apparatus shown in FIG. 13 to FIG. 18 is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. And these units can all be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements; they can also all be implemented in hardware; some units can also be implemented in the form of software calling through processing elements, and some units can be implemented in hardware. For example, the acquisition unit may be a separately established processing element, or may be integrated in a certain chip of the electronic device. The implementation of other units is similar. In addition, all or part of these units can be integrated together, and can also be implemented independently. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method or each above-mentioned unit may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in the form of software.
本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被电子设备执行时,使得所述设备执行图3~图12所示的方法。Embodiments of the present application further provide an electronic device, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs The program includes instructions that, when executed by the electronic device, cause the device to execute the methods shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 .
本申请实施例还提供一种服务器,包括:处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被服务器执行时,使得所述设备执行图3~图12所示的方法。Embodiments of the present application further provide a server, including: a processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs Including instructions, when the instructions are executed by the server, cause the device to execute the methods shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 12 .
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请图3~图12所示实施例提供的方法。Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the programs provided by the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 of the present application. method.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请图3~图12所示实施例提供的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes a computer program, which, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the methods provided by the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 12 of the present application.
本申请实施例中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B的情况。其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项”及其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项或复数项的任意组合。例如,a,b和c中的至少一项可以表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone. where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" and similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, and c may represent: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c or a and b and c, where a, b, c may be single, or Can be multiple.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,本文中公开的实施例中描述的各单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还 是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by a combination of electronic hardware, computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,任一功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory;以下简称:ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory;以下简称:RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In the several embodiments provided in this application, if any function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, Read-Only Memory (Read-Only Memory; hereinafter referred to as: ROM), Random Access Memory (Random Access Memory; hereinafter referred to as: RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other various A medium on which program code can be stored.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be covered by the protection scope of the present application. The protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (63)

  1. 一种信息处理方法,应用于第二电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An information processing method, applied to a second electronic device, is characterized in that, comprising:
    接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;receiving a first message sent by the first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device;
    响应于所述第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;In response to the first message, sending a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示为所述第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息,所述第一临时账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;Receive a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used to indicate first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device, the first temporary account information having information about the third electronic device Temporary control authority;
    响应于所述第三消息,向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送所述第一临时账户信息。In response to the third message, a fourth message is sent to the first electronic device, the fourth message being used to send the first temporary account information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:与所述第一电子设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接;The method according to claim 1, further comprising: establishing a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device;
    所述接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,包括:The receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接接收所述第一消息;receiving the first message through the established data connection;
    所述向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,包括:The sending a fourth message to the first electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息。A fourth message is sent to the first electronic device over the established data connection.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向第一服务器发送第二消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein before the sending the second message to the first server, the method further comprises:
    确定第一功能被开启,所述第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。It is determined that the first function is turned on, and the first function is a function of transmitting a temporary control authority.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 3, further comprising:
    响应于所述第一消息,确定所述第一功能被关闭,向所述第一电子设备发送第五消息,所述第五消息用于拒绝所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限的请求。In response to the first message, it is determined that the first function is turned off, and a fifth message is sent to the first electronic device, the fifth message is used to deny the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein before the receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, the method further comprises:
    通过建立的所述数据连接向所述第一电子设备发送第六消息,所述第六消息用于记录所述第二电子设备具有第一功能,所述第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。A sixth message is sent to the first electronic device through the established data connection, the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has a first function, and the first function is a function of transmitting temporary control authority .
  6. 根据权利要求3至5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, further comprising:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第一功能的开关状态;receiving a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function;
    按照所述第七消息指示的开关状态修改所述第一功能的开关状态。The switch state of the first function is modified according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息是与所述第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的管理权限。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first temporary account information is temporary account information of the first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the same as the first administrator account information. The administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising:
    所述第一消息、所述第二消息、以及所述第三消息中均包括:第一标识信息,所述第一标识信息是所述第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The first message, the second message, and the third message all include: first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or,
    所述第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,The first temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包括:所述第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or,
    所述第七消息中包括:用于记录所述第一功能的开关状态的信息;和/或,The seventh message includes: information for recording the switch state of the first function; and/or,
    所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or,
    所述管理权限包括:删除所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第一临时账户信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。The management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
  9. 一种信息处理方法,应用于第一电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An information processing method, applied to a first electronic device, is characterized in that, comprising:
    向第二电子设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;sending a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for the third electronic device;
    接收所述第二电子设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送第一临时账户信息;所述第四消息在所述第二电子设备向第一服务器发送第二消息、接收到所述第一服务器发送的第三消息后发送;所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第三消息用于指示为所述第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息;所述第一临时账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限。Receive a fourth message sent by the second electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the fourth message is sent by the second electronic device to the first server and received It is sent after the third message sent by the first server; the second message is used to request the first electronic device to temporarily control the third electronic device; the third message is used to indicate that the The first temporary account information allocated by the first electronic device; the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 9, further comprising:
    使用所述第一临时账户信息登录成功后,接收所述第一服务器发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;所述第三电子设备是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被所述第一临时账户信息控制的电子设备;所述第一管理者账户信息是与所述第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的管理权限;After successfully logging in using the first temporary account information, receive the first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the third electronic device is connected with the first management the electronic device that can be controlled by the first temporary account information among the electronic devices bound with the administrator account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; An administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device;
    展示所述第一信息。The first information is displayed.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息中还包括:分组信息,所述分组信息用于记录所述第三电子设备所在的家居环境;The method according to claim 10, wherein the first information further comprises: grouping information, wherein the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located;
    所述展示所述第一信息,包括:The displaying the first information includes:
    按照所述分组信息展示所述第一信息。The first information is displayed according to the grouping information.
  12. 根据权利要求9至11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, further comprising:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第十二消息,所述第十二消息用于指示所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束,所述第十二消息在所述第一服务器确定所述第一临时账户信息的使用时间达到预设阈值时发送;Receive a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information ends, and the twelfth message determines the Sent when the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold;
    结束对于所述第一信息的展示。The presentation of the first information is ended.
  13. 根据权利要求9至12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, further comprising:
    检测到第一操作,所述第一操作用于请求提升所述第一临时账户信息的权限,向所述第一服务器发送第八消息,所述第八消息用于请求提升所述第一临时账户信息的 权限;所述第八消息用于使得所述第一服务器向第四电子设备发送第九消息、所述第四电子设备展示所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级请求信息,所述第九消息用于请求提升所述第一临时账户信息的权限。A first operation is detected, the first operation is used for requesting to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information, and an eighth message is sent to the first server, and the eighth message is used for requesting to upgrade the first temporary account information permission of account information; the eighth message is used to cause the first server to send a ninth message to the fourth electronic device, and the fourth electronic device to display permission upgrade request information of the first temporary account information, the The ninth message is used to request to upgrade the authority of the first temporary account information.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第一服务器发送第八消息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein after the sending the eighth message to the first server, the method further comprises:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第十一消息,所述第十一消息用于指示所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;所述第十一消息在所述第一服务器接收到所述第四电子设备发送的第十消息后发送,所述第十消息用于指示所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;Receive an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information; the eleventh message is received by the first server Sent after the tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information;
    展示所述第十一消息指示的所述权限升级结果。The privilege escalation result indicated by the eleventh message is displayed.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the result of the permission upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, and the method further comprises:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于记录与所述第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息;receiving second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account information;
    展示所述第二信息。The second information is displayed.
  16. 根据权利要求9至15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 15, further comprising:
    与所述第二电子设备建立基于进场通信的数据连接;establishing a data connection based on approach communication with the second electronic device;
    所述向第二电子设备发送第一消息,包括:The sending the first message to the second electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接发送所述第一消息;sending the first message through the established data connection;
    所述接收所述第二电子设备发送的第四消息,包括:The receiving the fourth message sent by the second electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接接收所述第四消息。The fourth message is received over the established data connection.
  17. 根据权利要求9至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 16, further comprising:
    所述第一消息、所述第二消息、以及所述第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,所述第一标识信息是所述第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or,
    所述第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,The first temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包括所述第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or,
    所述第八消息和所述第九消息中包括所述第一临时账户信息;和/或,The eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or,
    所述第十消息和所述第十一消息中包括:所述第一临时账户信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,The tenth message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the result of the permission upgrade; and/or,
    所述第十二消息中包括:所述第一临时账户信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,The twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or,
    所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or,
    所述第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;和/或,The first temporary account information is temporary account information of the first administrator account information; and/or,
    所述管理权限包括:删除所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第一临时账户信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。The management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
  18. 一种信息处理方法,应用于服务器,其特征在于,包括:An information processing method, applied to a server, is characterized in that, comprising:
    接收第二电子设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息在所述第二电子设备接收到第一电子设备发送的第一消息后发送;用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;receiving a second message sent by a second electronic device, the second message being sent after the second electronic device receives the first message sent by the first electronic device; used to request temporary control authority over the third electronic device; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device;
    响应于所述第二消息,向所述第二电子设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示为所述第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息;所述第三消息还用于使得所述第二电子设备向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送所述第一临时账户信息;所述第一临时账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限。In response to the second message, a third message is sent to the second electronic device, the third message is used to indicate the first temporary account information allocated for the first electronic device; the third message also uses In order to cause the second electronic device to send a fourth message to the first electronic device, the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information; the first temporary account information has information on the third electronic device. Temporary control of the device.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 18, further comprising:
    对所述第一电子设备发送的第一临时账户信息进行登录验证成功后,向所述第一电子设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;所述第一信息还用于使得所述第一电子设备展示所述第一信息。After successful login verification of the first temporary account information sent by the first electronic device, send first information to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; A message is also used to cause the first electronic device to display the first message.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 19, further comprising:
    确定所述第一临时账户信息的使用时间达到预设阈值,向所述第一电子设备发送第十二消息,所述第十二消息用于指示所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限结束。Determine that the usage time of the first temporary account information reaches a preset threshold, and send a twelfth message to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information ends .
  21. 根据权利18至20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, further comprising:
    接收第四电子设备发送的第十三消息,所述第十三消息用于指示所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;所述第十三消息在所述第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第二操作、确定所述第二操作指示的设置结果后发送;所述第二操作用于对所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态进行设置;所述第一管理者账户信息是与所述第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的管理权限;receiving a thirteenth message sent by a fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is displayed on the fourth electronic device with The information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, the second operation is detected, and the setting result indicated by the second operation is determined and sent; the second operation is used for the first function of the second electronic device The first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device;
    按照所述第十三消息指示的开关状态记录所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;Record the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message;
    向所述第二电子设备发送第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态。A seventh message is sent to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
  22. 根据权利要求19至22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 19 to 22, further comprising:
    接收第四电子设备发送的第十四消息,所述第十四消息用于指示所述第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制;所述第十四消息在所述第四电子设备展示与所述第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第三操作、确定所述第三操作指示的设置结果后发送;所述第二操作用于对所述第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制进行设置;Receive a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is displayed on the fourth electronic device with The information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, the third operation is detected, and the setting result indicated by the third operation is determined and sent; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can Set by temporary account information control;
    根据所述第十三消息记录所述第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制。Whether the third electronic device can be controlled by temporary account information is recorded according to the thirteenth message.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第一电子设备发送第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the sending the first information to the first electronic device comprises:
    从与所述第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息中查找能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息,得到所述第一信息;Find the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, and obtain the first information;
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述第一信息。The first information is sent to the first electronic device.
  24. 根据权利要求18至23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 23, further comprising:
    接收所述第一电子设备发送的第八消息,所述第八消息在所述第一电子设备检测到第一操作后发送;所述第一操作用于请求提升所述第一临时账户信息的权限,所述第八消息用于请求提升所述第一临时账户信息的权限;Receive an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects a first operation; the first operation is used to request to upgrade the first temporary account information authority, the eighth message is used to request to increase the authority of the first temporary account information;
    响应于所述第八消息,向所述第四电子设备发送第九消息,所述第九消息用于请求提升所述第一临时账户信息的权限;所述第九消息还用于使得所述第四电子设备展示所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级请求信息。In response to the eighth message, a ninth message is sent to the fourth electronic device, where the ninth message is used for requesting to increase the authority of the first temporary account information; the ninth message is further used to make the The fourth electronic device displays permission upgrade request information of the first temporary account information.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第四电子设备发送第九消息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein after the sending the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the method further comprises:
    接收所述第四电子设备发送的第十消息,所述第十消息在所述第四电子设备检测到第四操作后发送;所述第四操作用于设置所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果,所述第十消息用于指示所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果;Receive a tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects a fourth operation; the fourth operation is used to set the authority of the first temporary account information an upgrade result, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority upgrade result of the first temporary account information;
    响应于所述第十消息,按照所述第十消息指示的权限升级结果修改所述第一临时账户信息的权限级别,向所述第一电子设备发送第十一消息,所述第十一消息用于指示所述第一临时账户信息的权限升级结果。In response to the tenth message, modify the privilege level of the first temporary account information according to the privilege escalation result indicated by the tenth message, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, the eleventh message It is used to indicate the privilege escalation result of the first temporary account information.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 25, wherein the result of the permission upgrade is to upgrade to administrator account information, and the method further comprises:
    向所述第一电子设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于记录于所述第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息。Sending second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record information on the electronic device bound to the first administrator account information.
  27. 根据权利要求18至26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 18 to 26, further comprising:
    所述第一消息、所述第二消息、以及所述第三消息中均包括第一标识信息,所述第一标识信息是所述第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The first message, the second message, and the third message all include first identification information, where the first identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or,
    所述第一临时账户信息包括:临时账户名、密码;和/或,The first temporary account information includes: temporary account name and password; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包括所述第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or,
    所述第八消息和所述第九消息中包括所述第一临时账户信息;和/或,The eighth message and the ninth message include the first temporary account information; and/or,
    所述第十消息和所述第十一消息中包括:所述第一临时账户信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,The tenth message and the eleventh message include: the first temporary account information and the result of the permission upgrade; and/or,
    所述第十二消息中包括:所述第一临时账户信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,The twelfth message includes: the first temporary account information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or,
    所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or,
    所述第一临时账户信息是第一管理者账户信息的临时账户信息;和/或,The first temporary account information is temporary account information of the first administrator account information; and/or,
    所述管理权限包括:删除所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第一临时账户信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第一临时账户信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。The management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information, increasing the level of the control authority of the first temporary account information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the first temporary account information.
  28. 一种信息处理方法,应用于第二电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An information processing method, applied to a second electronic device, is characterized in that, comprising:
    接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临 时控制权限;所述第一消息包括:第二标识信息;所述第二标识信息用于标识所述第一电子设备;Receive a first message sent by a first electronic device, where the first message is used to request temporary control authority for a third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device;
    响应于所述第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第二消息包括所述第二标识信息;In response to the first message, a second message is sent to the first server, where the second message is used to request the first electronic device to temporarily control the third electronic device; the second message includes all the second identification information;
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第三消息,所述第三消息用于发送确认信息,所述确认信息用于表示已经为所述第二标识信息分配了临时控制权限;receiving a third message sent by the first server, where the third message is used to send confirmation information, where the confirmation information is used to indicate that a temporary control authority has been allocated to the second identification information;
    响应于所述第三消息,向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送所述确认信息。In response to the third message, a fourth message is sent to the first electronic device, the fourth message being used to send the confirmation information.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:与所述第一电子设备建立基于近场通信的数据连接;The method of claim 28, further comprising: establishing a data connection based on near field communication with the first electronic device;
    所述接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息,包括:The receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接接收所述第一消息;receiving the first message through the established data connection;
    所述向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,包括:The sending a fourth message to the first electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息。A fourth message is sent to the first electronic device over the established data connection.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向第一服务器发送第二消息之前,还包括:The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein before the sending the second message to the first server, the method further comprises:
    确定第一功能被开启,所述第一功能是传输临时控制权限的功能。It is determined that the first function is turned on, and the first function is a function of transmitting temporary control authority.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 30, further comprising:
    响应于所述第一消息,确定所述第一功能被关闭,向所述第一电子设备发送第五消息,所述第五消息用于拒绝所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限的请求。In response to the first message, it is determined that the first function is turned off, and a fifth message is sent to the first electronic device, the fifth message is used to deny the first electronic device to the third electronic device request for temporary control permissions.
  32. 根据权利要求29至31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收第一电子设备发送的第一消息之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein before the receiving the first message sent by the first electronic device, the method further comprises:
    通过建立的所述数据连接向所述第一电子设备发送第六消息,所述第六消息用于记录所述第二电子设备具有第一功能。A sixth message is sent to the first electronic device through the established data connection, where the sixth message is used to record that the second electronic device has a first function.
  33. 根据权利要求30至32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, further comprising:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第一功能的开关状态;receiving a seventh message sent by the first server, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function;
    按照所述第七消息指示的开关状态修改所述第一功能的开关状态。The switch state of the first function is modified according to the switch state indicated by the seventh message.
  34. 根据权利要求28至33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述临时控制权限是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的临时控制权限;所述第一管理者账户信息是与所述第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的管理权限。The method according to any one of claims 28 to 33, wherein the temporary control authority is a temporary control authority bound with first administrator account information; the first administrator account information is The administrator account information bound to the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device.
  35. 根据权利要求28至34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 28 to 34, further comprising:
    所述第二标识信息包括:所述第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;所述第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,The second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name, password; and/or,
    所述第三消息中包括所述第二标识信息,所述第二标识信息是所述第一电子设备 的标识信息;和/或,The third message includes the second identification information, and the second identification information is the identification information of the first electronic device; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包括:所述第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The second message includes: identification information of the second electronic device; and/or,
    所述第七消息中包括:用于记录所述第一功能的开关状态的信息;和/或,The seventh message includes: information for recording the switch state of the first function; and/or,
    所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or,
    所述管理权限包括:删除所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第二标识信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。The management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the second identification information, increasing the level of the control authority of the second identification information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information.
  36. 一种信息处理方法,应用于第一电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An information processing method, applied to a first electronic device, is characterized in that, comprising:
    向第二电子设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第一消息包括:第二标识信息;所述第二标识信息用于标识所述第一电子设备;Send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify all the first electronic device;
    接收所述第二电子设备发送的第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送确认信息;所述确认信息用于表示已经为所述第二标识信息分配了对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第四消息在所述第二电子设备向第一服务器发送第二消息、接收到所述第一服务器发送的第三消息后发送;所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第三消息用于发送所述确认信息。receiving a fourth message sent by the second electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send confirmation information; the confirmation information is used to indicate that a temporary temporary information on the third electronic device has been allocated to the second identification information control authority; the fourth message is sent after the second electronic device sends the second message to the first server and receives the third message sent by the first server; the second message is used to request the first server Temporary control authority of an electronic device to the third electronic device; the third message is used to send the confirmation information.
  37. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 35, further comprising:
    使用所述第二标识信息登录成功后,接收所述第一服务器发送的第一信息,所述第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;所述第三电子设备是与第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备中能够被所述第二标识信息控制的电子设备;所述第一管理者账户信息是与所述第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的管理权限;After successfully logging in using the second identification information, receive the first information sent by the first server, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the third electronic device is connected with the first administrator An electronic device that can be controlled by the second identification information among the electronic devices bound by the account information; the first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information The user account information has the management authority to the third electronic device;
    展示所述第一信息。The first information is displayed.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息中还包括:分组信息,所述分组信息用于记录所述第三电子设备所在的家居环境;The method according to claim 37, wherein the first information further comprises: grouping information, wherein the grouping information is used to record the home environment where the third electronic device is located;
    所述展示所述第一信息,包括:The displaying the first information includes:
    按照所述分组信息展示所述第一信息。The first information is displayed according to the grouping information.
  39. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 38, further comprising:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第十二消息,所述第十二消息用于指示所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限结束,所述第十二消息在所述第一服务器确定所述第二标识信息的使用时间达到预设阈值时发送;Receive a twelfth message sent by the first server, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the second identification information ends, and the twelfth message determines when the first server determines the 2. Sent when the usage time of the identification information reaches the preset threshold;
    结束对于所述第一信息的展示。The presentation of the first information is ended.
  40. 根据权利要求36至39任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 39, further comprising:
    检测到第一操作,所述第一操作用于请求提升所述第二标识信息的权限,向所述第一服务器发送第八消息,所述第八消息用于请求提升所述第二标识信息的权限;所述第八消息用于使得所述第一服务器向第四电子设备发送第九消息、所述第四电子设备展示所述第二标识信息的权限升级请求信息,所述第九消息用于请求提升所述第二 标识信息的权限。Detecting a first operation, where the first operation is used to request to upgrade the authority of the second identification information, and send an eighth message to the first server, where the eighth message is used to request to upgrade the second identification information The eighth message is used to make the first server send a ninth message to the fourth electronic device, and the fourth electronic device displays the permission upgrade request information of the second identification information, and the ninth message It is used for requesting to enhance the authority of the second identification information.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第一服务器发送第八消息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 40, wherein after the sending the eighth message to the first server, the method further comprises:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第十一消息,所述第十一消息用于指示所述第二标识信息的权限升级结果;所述第十一消息在所述第一服务器接收到所述第四电子设备发送的第十消息后发送,所述第十消息用于指示所述第二标识信息的权限升级结果;Receive an eleventh message sent by the first server, where the eleventh message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information; the eleventh message is received at the first server by the 4. Send after the tenth message sent by the electronic device, where the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information;
    展示所述第十一消息指示的所述权限升级结果。The privilege escalation result indicated by the eleventh message is displayed.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其特征在于,所述权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 41, wherein the result of the permission escalation is escalation to administrator account information, and the method further comprises:
    接收所述第一服务器发送的第二信息,所述第二信息用于记录与所述第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息;receiving second information sent by the first server, where the second information is used to record the information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account information;
    展示所述第二信息。The second information is displayed.
  43. 根据权利要求36至42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 42, further comprising:
    与所述第二电子设备建立基于进场通信的数据连接;establishing a data connection based on approach communication with the second electronic device;
    所述向第二电子设备发送第一消息,包括:The sending the first message to the second electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接发送所述第一消息;sending the first message through the established data connection;
    所述接收所述第二电子设备发送的第四消息,包括:The receiving the fourth message sent by the second electronic device includes:
    通过建立的所述数据连接接收所述第四消息。The fourth message is received over the established data connection.
  44. 根据权利要求36至43任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 43, further comprising:
    所述第二标识信息包括:所述第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;所述第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,The second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name, password; and/or,
    所述第三消息中包括第二标识信息,所述第二标识信息是所述第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The third message includes second identification information, where the second identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包括所述第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or,
    所述第八消息和所述第九消息中包括所述第二标识信息;和/或,The eighth message and the ninth message include the second identification information; and/or,
    所述第十消息和所述第十一消息中包括:所述第二标识信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,The tenth message and the eleventh message include: the second identification information and the result of the authority upgrade; and/or,
    所述第十二消息中包括:所述第二标识信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,The twelfth message includes: the second identification information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or,
    所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or,
    所述管理权限包括:删除所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第二标识信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。The management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the second identification information, increasing the level of the control authority of the second identification information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information.
  45. 一种信息处理方法,应用于服务器,其特征在于,包括:An information processing method, applied to a server, is characterized in that, comprising:
    接收第二电子设备发送的第二消息,所述第二消息在所述第二电子设备接收到第一电子设备发送的第一消息后发送,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权 限;所述第一消息和所述第二消息均包括:第二标识信息;所述第二标识信息用于标识所述第一电子设备;Receive a second message sent by the second electronic device, the second message is sent after the second electronic device receives the first message sent by the first electronic device, and the first message is used to request the third electronic device the temporary control authority of the third electronic device; the second message is used to request the temporary control authority of the first electronic device to the third electronic device; both the first message and the second message include: second identification information; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device;
    响应于所述第二消息,向所述第二电子设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于发送确认信息,所述确认信息用于表示已经为所述第二标识信息分配了对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第三消息还用于使得所述第二电子设备向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送所述确认信息。In response to the second message, a third message is sent to the second electronic device, the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the second identification information has been assigned a first Temporary control authority of three electronic devices; the third message is further used to make the second electronic device send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the confirmation information.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 45, further comprising:
    对所述第一电子设备发送的第二标识信息进行登录验证成功后,向所述第一电子设备发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于记录第三电子设备的信息;所述第一信息还用于使得所述第一电子设备展示所述第一信息。After successful login verification of the second identification information sent by the first electronic device, first information is sent to the first electronic device, where the first information is used to record the information of the third electronic device; the first The information is also used to cause the first electronic device to display the first information.
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 45, further comprising:
    确定所述第二标识信息的使用时间达到预设阈值,向所述第一电子设备发送第十二消息,所述第十二消息用于指示所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限结束。It is determined that the use time of the second identification information reaches a preset threshold, and a twelfth message is sent to the first electronic device, where the twelfth message is used to indicate that the temporary control authority of the second identification information ends.
  48. 根据权利45至47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 45 to 47, further comprising:
    接收第四电子设备发送的第十三消息,所述第十三消息用于指示所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;所述第十三消息在所述第四电子设备展示与第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第二操作、确定所述第二操作指示的设置结果后发送;所述第二操作用于对所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态进行设置;所述第一管理者账户信息是与所述第二电子设备绑定的管理者账户信息;所述第一管理者账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的管理权限;receiving a thirteenth message sent by a fourth electronic device, where the thirteenth message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device; the thirteenth message is displayed on the fourth electronic device with The information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, the second operation is detected, and the setting result indicated by the second operation is determined and sent; the second operation is used for the first function of the second electronic device The first administrator account information is the administrator account information bound with the second electronic device; the first administrator account information has the management authority to the third electronic device;
    按照所述第十三消息指示的开关状态记录所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态;Record the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device according to the switch state indicated by the thirteenth message;
    向所述第二电子设备发送第七消息,所述第七消息用于指示所述第二电子设备的第一功能的开关状态。A seventh message is sent to the second electronic device, where the seventh message is used to indicate the switch state of the first function of the second electronic device.
  49. 根据权利要求46至8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 46 to 8, further comprising:
    接收第四电子设备发送的第十四消息,所述第十四消息用于指示所述第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制;所述第十四消息在所述第四电子设备展示与所述第一管理者账户绑定的电子设备的信息、检测到第三操作、确定所述第三操作指示的设置结果后发送;所述第二操作用于对所述第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制进行设置;Receive a fourteenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the fourteenth message is used to indicate whether the third electronic device can be controlled by the temporary account information; the fourteenth message is displayed on the fourth electronic device with The information of the electronic device bound to the first administrator account, the third operation is detected, and the setting result indicated by the third operation is determined and sent; the second operation is used to check whether the third electronic device can Set by temporary account information control;
    根据所述第十三消息记录所述第三电子设备是否能够被临时账户信息控制。Whether the third electronic device can be controlled by temporary account information is recorded according to the thirteenth message.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第一电子设备发送第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 49, wherein the sending the first information to the first electronic device comprises:
    从与所述第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息中查找能够被临时账户信息控制的电子设备的信息,得到所述第一信息;Find the information of the electronic device that can be controlled by the temporary account information from the information of the electronic device bound with the account information of the first administrator, and obtain the first information;
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述第一信息。The first information is sent to the first electronic device.
  51. 根据权利要求45至50任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 45 to 50, further comprising:
    接收所述第一电子设备发送的第八消息,所述第八消息在所述第一电子设备检测 到第一操作后发送;所述第一操作用于请求提升所述第二标识信息的权限,所述第八消息用于请求提升所述第二标识信息的权限;Receive an eighth message sent by the first electronic device, where the eighth message is sent after the first electronic device detects a first operation; the first operation is used to request to increase the authority of the second identification information , the eighth message is used to request to enhance the authority of the second identification information;
    响应于所述第八消息,向所述第四电子设备发送第九消息,所述第九消息用于请求提升所述第二标识信息的权限;所述第九消息还用于使得所述第四电子设备展示所述第二标识信息的权限升级请求信息。In response to the eighth message, a ninth message is sent to the fourth electronic device, where the ninth message is used to request to increase the authority of the second identification information; the ninth message is further used to make the first The fourth electronic device displays the permission escalation request information of the second identification information.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述第四电子设备发送第九消息之后,还包括:The method according to claim 51, wherein after the sending the ninth message to the fourth electronic device, the method further comprises:
    接收所述第四电子设备发送的第十消息,所述第十消息在所述第四电子设备检测到第四操作后发送;所述第四操作用于设置所述第二标识信息的权限升级结果,所述第十消息用于指示所述第二标识信息的权限升级结果;Receive a tenth message sent by the fourth electronic device, where the tenth message is sent after the fourth electronic device detects a fourth operation; the fourth operation is used to set the authority escalation of the second identification information As a result, the tenth message is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information;
    响应于所述第十消息,按照所述第十消息指示的权限升级结果修改所述第二标识信息的权限级别,向所述第一电子设备发送第十一消息,所述第十一消息用于指示所述第二标识信息的权限升级结果。In response to the tenth message, modify the authority level of the second identification information according to the authority escalation result indicated by the tenth message, and send an eleventh message to the first electronic device, the eleventh message using is used to indicate the authority escalation result of the second identification information.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述权限升级结果为升级至管理者账户信息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 52, wherein the result of the permission escalation is escalation to administrator account information, and the method further comprises:
    向所述第一电子设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于记录与所述第一管理者账户信息绑定的电子设备的信息。Sending second information to the first electronic device, where the second information is used to record information of the electronic device bound with the first administrator account information.
  54. 根据权利要求45至53任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 45 to 53, further comprising:
    所述第二标识信息包括:所述第一电子设备的标识信息,或者,第二账户信息;所述第二账户信息包括:账户名、密码;和/或,The second identification information includes: identification information of the first electronic device, or second account information; the second account information includes: account name, password; and/or,
    所述第三消息中包括第二标识信息,所述第二标识信息是所述第一电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The third message includes second identification information, where the second identification information is identification information of the first electronic device; and/or,
    所述第二消息中包括所述第二电子设备的标识信息;和/或,The second message includes identification information of the second electronic device; and/or,
    所述第八消息和所述第九消息中包括所述第二标识信息;和/或,The eighth message and the ninth message include the second identification information; and/or,
    所述第十消息和所述第十一消息中包括:所述第二标识信息、以及权限升级结果;和/或,The tenth message and the eleventh message include: the second identification information and the result of the authority upgrade; and/or,
    所述第十二消息中包括:所述第二标识信息、以及用于记录临时控制权限结束的信息;和/或,The twelfth message includes: the second identification information and information for recording the end of the temporary control authority; and/or,
    所述临时控制权限包括:控制所述第三电子设备的开关状态,控制所述第三电子设备的工作状态;和/或,The temporary control authority includes: controlling the switch state of the third electronic device, and controlling the working state of the third electronic device; and/or,
    所述管理权限包括:删除所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限,提升所述第二标识信息的控制权限级别,延长所述第二标识信息的临时控制权限的有效时间。The management authority includes: deleting the temporary control authority of the second identification information, increasing the level of the control authority of the second identification information, and extending the effective time of the temporary control authority of the second identification information.
  55. 一种信息处理系统,其特征在于,包括:第一电子设备、第二电子设备以及第一服务器;其中,An information processing system, comprising: a first electronic device, a second electronic device and a first server; wherein,
    所述第一电子设备用于:向所述第二电子设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;The first electronic device is configured to: send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request a temporary control authority for the third electronic device;
    所述第二电子设备用于:响应于所述第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,所 述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;The second electronic device is configured to: in response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the first electronic device to temporarily control the third electronic device authority;
    所述第一服务器用于:响应于所述第二消息,向所述第二电子设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于指示为所述第一电子设备分配的第一临时账户信息,所述第一临时账户信息具有对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;The first server is configured to: in response to the second message, send a third message to the second electronic device, where the third message is used to indicate first temporary account information allocated to the first electronic device , the first temporary account information has temporary control authority over the third electronic device;
    所述第二电子设备还用于:响应于所述第三消息,向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送所述第一临时账户信息。The second electronic device is further configured to: in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the first temporary account information.
  56. 一种信息处理系统,其特征在于,包括:第一电子设备、第二电子设备以及第一服务器;其中,An information processing system, comprising: a first electronic device, a second electronic device and a first server; wherein,
    所述第一电子设备用于:向所述第二电子设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息用于请求对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第一消息包括:第二标识信息;所述第二标识信息用于标识所述第一电子设备;The first electronic device is configured to: send a first message to the second electronic device, where the first message is used to request the temporary control authority to the third electronic device; the first message includes: second identification information ; the second identification information is used to identify the first electronic device;
    所述第二电子设备用于:响应于所述第一消息,向第一服务器发送第二消息,所述第二消息用于请求所述第一电子设备对所述第三电子设备的临时控制权限;所述第二消息包括所述第二标识信息;The second electronic device is configured to: in response to the first message, send a second message to the first server, where the second message is used to request the first electronic device to temporarily control the third electronic device authority; the second message includes the second identification information;
    所述第一服务器用于:响应于所述第二消息,向所述第二电子设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于发送确认信息,所述确认信息用于表示已经为所述第二标识信息分配了对第三电子设备的临时控制权限;The first server is configured to: in response to the second message, send a third message to the second electronic device, where the third message is used to send confirmation information, and the confirmation information is used to indicate that the The second identification information assigns temporary control authority to the third electronic device;
    所述第二电子设备还用于:响应于所述第三消息,向所述第一电子设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于发送所述确认信息。The second electronic device is further configured to: in response to the third message, send a fourth message to the first electronic device, where the fourth message is used to send the confirmation information.
  57. 一种第二电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A second electronic device, comprising:
    处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述设备执行时,使得所述设备执行权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法。A processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions that, when executed by the apparatus when the device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 7.
  58. 一种第一电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A first electronic device, comprising:
    处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述设备执行时,使得所述设备执行权利要求8至16任一项所述的方法。A processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions that, when executed by the apparatus When the device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 8 to 16.
  59. 一种服务器,其特征在于,包括:A server, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述设备执行时,使得所述设备执行权利要求17至26任一项所述的方法。A processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions that, when executed by the apparatus When the device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 17 to 26.
  60. 一种第二电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A second electronic device, comprising:
    处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述设备执行时,使得所述设备执行权利要求27至33任一项所述的方法。A processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions that, when executed by the apparatus When the device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 27 to 33.
  61. 一种第一电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A first electronic device, comprising:
    处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序 被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述设备执行时,使得所述设备执行权利要求34至42任一项所述的方法。A processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions that, when executed by the apparatus When the device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 34 to 42.
  62. 一种服务器,其特征在于,包括:A server, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器;存储器;以及一个或多个计算机程序,其中所述一个或多个计算机程序被存储在所述存储器中,所述一个或多个计算机程序包括指令,当所述指令被所述设备执行时,使得所述设备执行权利要求43至52任一项所述的方法。A processor; a memory; and one or more computer programs, wherein the one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions that, when executed by the apparatus When the device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 43 to 52.
  63. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1至54任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it is run on a computer, the computer executes the method of any one of claims 1 to 54.
PCT/CN2021/139833 2020-12-30 2021-12-21 Information processing method and electronic device WO2022143273A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011606007.X 2020-12-30
CN202011606007.XA CN114765777A (en) 2020-12-30 2020-12-30 Information processing method and electronic device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022143273A1 true WO2022143273A1 (en) 2022-07-07

Family

ID=82260248

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/139833 WO2022143273A1 (en) 2020-12-30 2021-12-21 Information processing method and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114765777A (en)
WO (1) WO2022143273A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140242940A1 (en) * 2013-02-26 2014-08-28 Kt Corporation Sharing control right of m2m device
CN106357653A (en) * 2016-09-27 2017-01-25 深圳市欧瑞博电子有限公司 Control authority sharing method and system
CN110932944A (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-27 海信集团有限公司 Method and system for controlling intelligent household equipment by visitor terminal
CN112104530A (en) * 2020-08-19 2020-12-18 海信(山东)空调有限公司 Method for controlling sharing of air conditioner authority, air conditioner and air conditioner user side

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105577494A (en) * 2016-01-04 2016-05-11 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 Control method of smart home devices, device and system
CN106302042B (en) * 2016-08-11 2019-11-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Control method, device and the server of smart machine
CN113272745B (en) * 2019-01-31 2022-12-06 华为技术有限公司 Smart home equipment sharing system and method and electronic equipment
CN110300117B (en) * 2019-07-05 2021-03-02 杭州博联智能科技股份有限公司 IOT device and user binding authentication method, device and medium
CN110391959B (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-11-02 青岛海尔科技有限公司 Method and device for setting control authority based on smart home control system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140242940A1 (en) * 2013-02-26 2014-08-28 Kt Corporation Sharing control right of m2m device
CN106357653A (en) * 2016-09-27 2017-01-25 深圳市欧瑞博电子有限公司 Control authority sharing method and system
CN110932944A (en) * 2018-09-19 2020-03-27 海信集团有限公司 Method and system for controlling intelligent household equipment by visitor terminal
CN112104530A (en) * 2020-08-19 2020-12-18 海信(山东)空调有限公司 Method for controlling sharing of air conditioner authority, air conditioner and air conditioner user side

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114765777A (en) 2022-07-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7381021B2 (en) Device control page display method, related equipment, and system
US12058145B2 (en) Device control method and device
CN114173204B (en) Message prompting method, electronic equipment and system
CN110276177B (en) Smart terminal login method and electronic device
US20230140946A1 (en) Method for Recommending Service, Electronic Device, and System
WO2020150917A1 (en) Application permission management method and electronic device
WO2022160991A1 (en) Permission control method and electronic device
CN111614524A (en) A method, device and system for linkage control of multi-intelligent devices
WO2021253975A1 (en) Permission management method and apparatus for application, and electronic device
WO2021052204A1 (en) Address book-based device discovery method, audio and video communication method, and electronic device
CN110198362A (en) A kind of method and system for adding smart home device in contact person
CN114095599A (en) Message display method and electronic device
WO2023284555A1 (en) Method for securely calling service, and method and apparatus for securely registering service
WO2021147483A1 (en) Data sharing method and apparatus
CN114006698B (en) token refreshing method and device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
WO2022143273A1 (en) Information processing method and electronic device
CN114254334A (en) Data processing method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN114826636B (en) Access control system and related methods and devices
WO2023016347A1 (en) Voiceprint authentication response method and system, and electronic devices
WO2022222733A1 (en) Data transmission method and related device
WO2023155583A1 (en) Cross-device application management method, electronic device, and system
CN115202559A (en) Rights management method and related equipment
CN118613782A (en) Application component management method and related equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21914012

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21914012

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1